WO2020111050A1 - Original plate for lithographic printing plate and method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate - Google Patents
Original plate for lithographic printing plate and method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2020111050A1 WO2020111050A1 PCT/JP2019/046129 JP2019046129W WO2020111050A1 WO 2020111050 A1 WO2020111050 A1 WO 2020111050A1 JP 2019046129 W JP2019046129 W JP 2019046129W WO 2020111050 A1 WO2020111050 A1 WO 2020111050A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- polymer
- ring
- printing plate
- lithographic printing
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/039—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/09—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
- G03F7/095—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having more than one photosensitive layer
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/30—Imagewise removal using liquid means
- G03F7/32—Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to a planographic printing plate precursor and a method for producing a planographic printing plate.
- a lithographic printing plate consists of a lipophilic image area that receives ink during the printing process and a hydrophilic non-image area that receives fountain solution.
- Lithographic printing utilizes the property that water and oil-based ink repel each other, making the lipophilic image part of the lithographic printing plate the ink receiving part and the hydrophilic non-image part dampening water receiving part (ink non-receiving part). ) Is a method in which a difference in ink adhesion is caused on the surface of the lithographic printing plate, the ink is applied only to the image area, and then the ink is transferred to a printing medium such as paper for printing.
- lithographic printing plate precursors include those described in Patent Documents 1 to 3, for example. Further, as the conventional lithographic printing plate precursor and developer composition, for example, those described in Patent Document 4 are known.
- Patent Document 1 discloses that at least two positive recording layers containing a resin and an infrared absorber and having an increased solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution by infrared laser exposure are provided on a support.
- the positive recording layer closest to the support has at least one selected from the structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (II).
- a layer containing two or more kinds of resins containing a polymer, and at least one of the two or more kinds of resins forms a dispersed phase in the layer, and the resin forming the dispersed phase dissolves in an alkaline aqueous solution.
- a lithographic printing plate precursor is described which is characterized in that the speed is slower than the dissolution rate of a resin forming a matrix phase in an aqueous alkali solution.
- R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- Z represents —O— or —NR 2
- R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
- Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, and at least one is a heteroaromatic group.
- a and b each independently represent 0 or 1.
- Patent Document 2 a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and a general formula (II) below are provided on a hydrophilic support having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.45 to 0.60.
- a lithographic printing plate precursor comprising a recording layer containing a polymer having at least one selected from the structural units described above, a phenol resin, and an infrared absorber.
- R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- Z represents —O— or —NR 2
- R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
- Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, and at least one is a heteroaromatic group.
- a and b each independently represent 0 or 1.
- Patent Document 3 has a support having a hydrophilic surface or a support provided with a hydrophilic layer, and a heat-sensitive coating containing an infrared absorber, a phenol resin, and a first polymer, and a first polymer.
- a heat-sensitive positive lithographic printing plate precursor which is an alkali-soluble polymer containing a monomer unit having a structure represented by formula I or formula II below.
- * indicates a binding site of the monomer unit in the polymer main chain;
- R 1 is hydrogen or an alkyl group;
- Z is oxygen or NR 2 ; , 0 or 1;
- R 2 is hydrogen or an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group;
- Ar 1 and Ar 2 are aromatic groups, provided that at least Ar 1 and Ar 2 are One is an optionally substituted heteroaromatic group.
- Patent Document 4 discloses (A) an alkaline agent, (B) a compound represented by the following general formula (I), a metal salt of a Group 2 element of the periodic table of the (C) element, and a (D) carboxylic acid.
- an alkaline developer composition for preparing a lithographic printing plate is described, which comprises a polymer having a salt thereof.
- R 1 to R 4 each independently represent H, R 8 OH, or —(AO) a (BO) b R 9 ; AO and BO are selected from an ethyleneoxy group and a propyleneoxy group. Be done.
- a and b represent integers from 0 to 300, but (a+b) ⁇ 0.
- R 8 represents a divalent linking group
- R 9 represents H, CH 3 , COR 10 , CONHR 11
- R 10 and R 11 represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group.
- R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a divalent linking group, and may be the same or different.
- R 7 can be selected from the groups defined for R 1 to R 4 above, or can be the following general formula (II)
- R 3 ′ is the same as R 3 defined in formula (I)
- R 4 ′ is the same as R 4 defined in formula (I)
- R 5 ′ is defined in formula (I)
- R 6 is the same as R 5
- R 6 ′ is the same as R 6 defined in formula (I)
- R 7 ′ is the same as R 7 defined in formula (I).
- n represents an integer of 0 to 20, and when n is 2 or more, R 7 and R 7 ′ can be independently selected.
- Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-175195
- Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-251107
- Patent Document 3 International Publication No. 2007/099047
- Patent Document 4 International Publication No. 2014/003134
- the problem to be solved by the embodiments of the present disclosure is to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor excellent in developability and printing durability even after storage with time.
- a problem to be solved by another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for producing a planographic printing plate using the planographic printing plate precursor.
- Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
- a support, an image recording layer lower layer, and an image recording layer upper layer are provided in this order,
- the lower layer of the image recording layer contains a polymer A having a structural unit having a —SO 2 —NH— structure with a pKa of less than 10
- the image recording layer upper layer contains a polymer B having a structural unit having an acid group having a pKa of less than 10, and an infrared absorber
- Ar 1 represents an arylene group
- Ar 2 represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
- R 1 represents a monovalent organic group
- * represents a bond with another structure. Represents a part.
- the Ar 1 in the formula 1 is a group having a phenylene structure, wherein Ar 2 is a furan ring, isothiazoline ring, isoxazoline ring, oxadiazoline ring, oxa triazine ring, an oxazoline ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine
- the lithographic printing plate precursor as described in ⁇ 3> or ⁇ 4>.
- Ar 1 in the formula 1 is a group having a phenylene structure, wherein Ar 2 is isoxazoline ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, at least one selected from the group consisting of thiadiazole ring and a thiazole ring.
- ⁇ 7> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of the above items ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the acid group in the polymer B is a carboxy group.
- ⁇ 8> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, wherein the polymer B in the lower layer of the image recording layer further has a structural unit having a basic group.
- ⁇ 9> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in ⁇ 8> above, wherein the basic group in the polymer B is a tertiary amino group.
- ⁇ 10> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9>, wherein the polymer A has a pKa of the —SO 2 —NH— structure of 3.5 or more and 8.5 or less. ..
- ⁇ 11> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10>, wherein the acid group in the polymer B has a pKa of 3.0 or more and 7.0 or less.
- a method for producing a lithographic printing plate comprising steps in this order.
- ⁇ 13> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate as described in ⁇ 12>, wherein the developer has a pH of 10.0 or less.
- a lithographic printing plate precursor having excellent developability and printing durability even after storage with time. Further, according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a method for producing a lithographic printing plate using the lithographic printing plate precursor.
- the amount of each component in the composition is the total amount of the corresponding substances present in the composition, unless a plurality of substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition.
- the notation that does not indicate substituted and unsubstituted includes not only those having no substituent but also those having a substituent.
- the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
- (meth)acryl is a term used as a concept including both acryl and methacryl
- (meth)acryloyl is a term used as a concept including both acryloyl and methacryloyl. is there.
- substitution or non-substitution is not mentioned, and when the group can further have a substituent, there is no other particular limitation. As long as the group includes not only an unsubstituted group but also a group having a substituent.
- R represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group
- R represents an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted aryl group, an unsubstituted group.
- process in the present disclosure is included in the term not only as an independent process but also when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved. Be done.
- “mass %” and “weight%” are synonymous, and “mass part” and “weight part” are synonymous.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present disclosure are columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (both manufactured by Tosoh Corp.) unless otherwise specified.
- the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer was used to detect the solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) with a differential refractometer, and the molecular weight was calculated using polystyrene as a standard substance.
- the total solid content refers to the total mass of components in the composition excluding volatile components such as a solvent.
- the term “lithographic printing plate precursor” includes not only the lithographic printing plate precursor but also the discarded plate precursor.
- the term “lithographic printing plate” includes not only a lithographic printing plate precursor prepared through an operation such as exposure and development, but also a discarding plate, if necessary. In the case of a waste original plate, the operations of exposure and development are not always necessary.
- the waste plate is a lithographic printing plate precursor to be attached to a plate cylinder that is not used, for example, when printing a part of the paper surface in monochrome or two colors in color newspaper printing.
- the “main chain” represents the relatively longest binding chain in the molecule of the polymer compound constituting the resin
- the “side chain” represents an atomic group branched from the main chain.
- having an acid group in a side chain includes a mode in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain. That is, even when the acid group is a side group (pendant group), such as a case where a carboxy group (—C( ⁇ O)OH) is directly bonded to the main chain, a mode having an acid group in the side chain is used. included.
- the present disclosure will be described in detail.
- the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has a support, an image recording layer lower layer and an image recording layer upper layer in this order, and the image recording layer lower layer has a —SO 2 —NH— structure having a pKa of less than 10.
- the polymer A having a unit, the image recording layer upper layer contains a polymer B having a structural unit having an acid group having a pKa of less than 10, and an infrared absorber, and the content of the polymer B is It is 30% by mass or more based on the total mass of the polymer contained in the upper layer of the image recording layer.
- the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably a positive lithographic printing plate precursor, and more preferably a thermal positive lithographic printing plate precursor.
- the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has excellent developability and printing durability even after storage with time by adopting the above configuration. Although the detailed mechanism by which the above effects are obtained is unknown, it is presumed as follows.
- the lower layer of the image recording layer contains a polymer having a low pKa —SO 2 —NH— structure as a constitutional unit
- the upper layer of the image recording layer contains an acid group having a low pKa.
- the upper layer and the lower layer of the image recording layer each include a polymer having a group having a low pKa, so that the diffusion of the infrared absorbing agent is suppressed and the upper layer of the image recording layer is suppressed.
- the planographic printing plate is developed after storage with time, it is presumed that it has excellent developability (hereinafter, also referred to as “development with time”). Further, since the polymer A and the polymer B contained in the upper layer or the lower layer of the image recording layer each have a —SO 2 —NH— structure or an acid group, more hydrogen bonds are formed, and the above-mentioned infrared absorbing agent Since the diffusion is suppressed, it is presumed that the printing durability (hereinafter also referred to as “aging printing durability”) is excellent even after storage with time.
- the polymer A and the polymer B contained in the upper layer or the lower layer of the image recording layer have high polarity, they are less likely to generate development debris and have a property of suppressing development debris even after storage with time (hereinafter, "deterioration property of development debris"). It is presumed that it is easy to excel. Since the polymer A and the polymer B contained in the upper layer or the lower layer of the image recording layer each have a —SO 2 —NH— structure or an acid group, more hydrogen bonds are formed, and the diffusion of the infrared absorber is prevented. Since it is suppressed, it is presumed that the ablation suppression property is also excellent.
- the image recording layer since the image recording layer has high durability against a developing solution, it has excellent image part retention (hereinafter, also referred to as “aged image part retention”) even after storage with time. Estimated to be easy.
- aged image part retention image part retention
- the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has a support, an image recording layer lower layer (also simply referred to as “lower layer”), and an image recording layer upper layer in this order, and the image recording layer lower layer has a pKa of less than 10.
- Polymer A having a structural unit having a —SO 2 —NH— structure of
- the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure contains the polymer A having a structural unit having a —SO 2 —NH— structure with a pKa of less than 10.
- the pKa of the —SO 2 —NH— structure is preferably 3.5 or more and 8.5 or less from the viewpoints of the developability over time, the development debris suppression property over time, the image area retention property over time, and the printing durability over time. It is more preferably 4.0 or more and 7.5 or less, still more preferably 4.5 or more and 7.0 or less, and particularly preferably 4.0 or more and 7.0 or less.
- the pKa in the present disclosure shall be calculated using ACD/Labs software Ver 8.0 for Microsoft windows ACD/pKa DB ver 8.07 manufactured by Advanced Chemistry Development.
- PKa of -SO 2 -NH- structure is preferably a pKa of hydrogen atoms in the -SO 2 -NH- structure. Further, in the polymer A, the structure exhibiting the smallest pKa value is preferably a —SO 2 —NH— structure.
- the polymer A may be an addition polymerization type resin or a polycondensation resin, but from the viewpoint of time-developability, time-development-debris-retaining property, time-remaining image area retention property, and time-dependent printing durability, acrylic resin is used.
- a resin, a polyurea resin or a polyurethane resin is preferable, an acrylic resin or a polyurethane resin is more preferable, and an acrylic resin is particularly preferable.
- the acrylic resin a resin in which the content of the structural unit formed by the (meth)acrylic compound (the structural unit derived from the (meth)acrylic compound) is 50% by mass or more is preferable.
- the (meth)acrylic compound include a (meth)acrylate compound and a (meth)acrylamide compound.
- -SO 2 -NH- structure in the polymer A the compound having a -SO 2 -NH- structure using (monomers), is introduced into the polymer A as a structural unit containing an -SO 2 -NH- structure.
- the above-mentioned —SO 2 —NH— structure in the polymer A has a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —) in the —SO 2 —NH— structure as an aromatic ring, from the viewpoints of retention of the image portion over time and printing durability over time.
- a direct bond is preferred.
- the above-mentioned —SO 2 —NH— structure in the polymer A has a nitrogen atom in the —SO 2 —NH— structure which is an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, from the viewpoints of retention of image area over time and printing durability over time.
- a direct bond is preferred, and a direct bond to the heteroaromatic ring is more preferred. Further, it is preferable that only one hydrogen atom is bonded to the nitrogen atom in the —SO 2 —NH— structure. That is, it is preferable that no hydrogen atom is bonded to the —NH— side of the —SO 2 —NH— structure.
- the above-mentioned —SO 2 —NH— structure in the polymer A has one of the following formulas 1 to 3 from the viewpoints of time-developability, time-development-debris-retaining property, image-retaining property over time, and printing durability over time.
- the structure represented by the formula is preferable, and the structure represented by the following formula 1 is more preferable.
- Ar 1 represents an arylene group
- Ar 2 represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
- R 1 represents a monovalent organic group
- * represents a bond with another structure. Represents a part.
- Ar 1 in Formulas 1 to 3 is preferably a group having a phenylene structure, more preferably a phenylene group, from the viewpoints of retention of image area over time and printing durability over time.
- a phenylene group is particularly preferable.
- Ar 2 in Formula 1 is preferably a heteroaryl group from the viewpoints of developability over time, development debris suppression property over time, image area retention property over time, and printing durability over time, and is a furan ring, isothiazoline ring, or isoxazoline ring.
- a heteroaryl group having at least one heteroaromatic ring structure is more preferable, and at least one heteroaromatic ring structure selected from the group consisting of an isoxazoline ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a thiadiazole ring and a thiazole ring can be used. It is more preferably a heteroaryl group having a heteroaryl group, and particularly preferably a heteroaryl group having a thiadiazole ring. Further, each heteroaromatic ring structure in the above heteroaryl group is preferably directly bonded to the nitrogen atom in the —SO 2 —NH— structure. Further, each of the above heteroaromatic ring structures may have a substituent. Preferable examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group and an alkoxy group.
- R 1 in Formulas 2 and 3 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an aryl group, and a phenyl group, from the viewpoints of the retention of the image area over time and the printing durability over time. Is particularly preferable.
- Ar 1 in Formula 1 is a group having a phenylene structure, and Ar 2 is A heteroaryl group is preferable, Ar 1 is a group having a phenylene structure, and Ar 2 is a furan ring, isothiazoline ring, isoxazoline ring, oxadiazoline ring, oxatriazine ring, oxazoline ring, pyrazine ring.
- a heteroaryl group having at least one heteroaromatic ring structure selected from the group consisting of a pyridazine ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a tetrazine ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiatriazole ring, a thiazole ring, a thiophene ring and a triazine ring.
- Ar 1 is a group having a phenylene structure, and has a heteroaromatic structure having at least one heteroaromatic ring structure selected from the group consisting of an isoxazoline ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a thiadiazole ring and a thiazole ring. It is more preferably an aryl group, and it is particularly preferable that Ar 1 is a phenylene group and Ar 2 is a thiadiazolyl group or a 5-methylthiazolyl group.
- the following formulas (SA1) to (SA3) are used from the viewpoints of time-developability, time-development-debris-retaining property, time-retention of image area, and time-dependent printing durability. ) Is more preferable, and a structural unit represented by the following formula (SA1) is more preferable.
- Ar 1 represents an arylene group
- Ar 2 represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
- R 1 represents a monovalent organic group
- R 2 represents hydrogen.
- X 1 represents —NR 3 — or —O—
- R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
- Ar 1, Ar 2 and R 1 in formula (SA1) to Formula (SA3) has the same meaning as Ar 1, Ar 2 and R 1 in Formula 1 to Formula 3, preferred embodiment is also the same.
- R 2 in formulas (SA1) to (SA3) is preferably a methyl group.
- X 1 in formulas (SA1) to (SA3) is preferably —NR 3 —, and more preferably —NH— from the viewpoints of developability over time and development debris controllability over time.
- R 3 in formulas (SA1) to (SA3) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
- the polymer A may have one kind of structural unit having a —SO 2 —NH— structure, or may have two or more kinds.
- the content of the constitutional unit having a —SO 2 —NH— structure in the polymer A is the total mass of the polymer A from the viewpoints of time-developability, time-development-debris-retaining property, image-retaining property over time, and printing durability over time. On the other hand, it is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, further preferably 55% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 65% by mass or more and 98% by mass or less. Is particularly preferable, and most preferably 75% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less.
- the polymer A preferably has a constitutional unit other than the constitutional unit having a —SO 2 —NH— structure from the viewpoints of developability with time, retention of image area with time, and printing durability with time.
- Other structural units are not particularly limited, but are selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylate compounds, (meth)acrylamide compounds, styrene, acrylonitrile, N-vinyl- ⁇ -caprolactam, and N-phenylmaleimide. Constitutional units derived from at least one compound may be mentioned.
- the other structural unit is preferably a structural unit derived from at least one compound selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylate compounds and (meth)acrylamide compounds, and alkyl (meth)acrylate compounds.
- a structural unit derived from at least one compound selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylamide compounds, and more preferably from the group consisting of alkyl methacrylate compounds and N-aryl-substituted (meth)acrylamide compounds It is particularly preferable that the structural unit is derived from at least one selected compound.
- the above-mentioned other structural units in the polymer A are structural units represented by the following formula (M1) or the following formula (M2) from the viewpoints of time-developability, time-dependent image area retention, and time-dependent printing durability. It is preferable to have
- R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 5 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
- R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- R 7 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
- R 4 in formula (M1) is preferably a methyl group.
- the alkyl group and aryl group for R 5 in formula (M1) may have a substituent.
- the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group and the like. Of these, an alkyl group, a phenyl group and a hydroxy group are preferable.
- the carbon number (the number of carbon atoms) of R 5 in the formula (M1) is preferably 1 to 20, and preferably 1 to 8 from the viewpoints of the developability with time, the retention of the image area with time, and the printing durability with time. It is more preferable to be present, and it is particularly preferable to be 1 to 4.
- R 5 in the formula (M1) is preferably an alkyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group, or an aralkyl group, from the viewpoints of developability with time, retention of image area with time, and printing durability with time. It is more preferably an ethyl group or a benzyl group, further preferably an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
- R 6 in formula (M2) is preferably a methyl group.
- the alkyl group and aryl group for R 7 in formula (M2) may have a substituent.
- the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, a sulfonamide group and the like. Of these, a phenyl group, a hydroxy group, and a sulfonamide group are preferable.
- the carbon number (the number of carbon atoms) of R 7 in the formula (M2) is preferably 1 to 20, and preferably 1 to 8 from the viewpoints of developability with time, retention of image area with time, and printing durability with time. It is more preferable to be present, and it is particularly preferable to be 1 to 4.
- R 7 in the formula (M2) is preferably an aryl group, more preferably a phenyl group, and more preferably a hydroxy group or a sulfone from the viewpoints of developability with time, retainability of image area with time, and printing durability with time. More preferably, it is a phenyl group substituted with an amide group.
- the polymer A may have one kind of other structural unit alone or may have two or more kinds thereof.
- the content of the other structural units in the polymer A is 70% by mass or less based on the total mass of the polymer A from the viewpoints of the developability over time, the development debris suppression property over time, the image area retention property over time, and the printing durability over time. Is preferable, 50% by mass or less is more preferable, 45% by mass or less is further preferable, 2% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less is particularly preferable, 5% by mass or more and 25% by mass Most preferably it is
- the acid value of the polymer A is preferably 1.0 meq/g to 3.5 meq/g, and 1.3 meq/g to 3.0 meq, from the viewpoints of the developability over time, the development debris suppression property over time, and the printing durability over time. /G is more preferable, 1.5 meq/g to 2.0 meq/g is further preferable, and 2.2 meq/g to 2.8 meq/g is particularly preferable.
- the acid value of the polymer A in the present disclosure is represented by the number of moles of potassium hydroxide necessary to neutralize 1 g of the polymer A, and the value determined by the measurement method according to JIS standard (JIS K0070:1992) should be used. You can
- the weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is preferably from 5,000 to 30,000, more preferably from 8,000 to 22,000, from the viewpoints of printing durability with time and abrasion resistance. , 500 to 20,000 is more preferable.
- the lower layer of the image recording layer may contain the polymer A alone or in combination of two or more.
- the content of the polymer A in the lower layer of the image recording layer is 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer from the viewpoints of time-developability, time-development-debris-retaining property, time-retention of image area, and time-dependent printing durability.
- % To 99 mass% is preferable, 20 mass% to 95 mass% is more preferable, and 30 mass% to 90 mass% is further preferable.
- the polymer A is produced, for example, by a known method.
- the polymer A can be obtained as a polymer by applying energy such as heating or exposure using a composition containing a monomer used for forming each structural unit and a known polymerization initiator.
- the composition may further contain known additives.
- the detailed conditions for applying energy may be determined with reference to a known document.
- the lower layer of the image recording layer preferably contains an infrared absorber.
- the infrared absorbent is not particularly limited as long as it is a dye that absorbs infrared light and generates heat, and various dyes known as infrared absorbents can be used.
- the infrared absorber that can be used in the present disclosure commercially available dyes and known ones described in the literature (for example, “Handbook of Dyes” edited by the Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, published in 1970) can be used.
- dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and cyanine dyes.
- dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and cyanine dyes.
- these dyes those that absorb at least infrared light or near infrared light are preferable in that they are suitable for use in a laser that emits infrared light or near infrared light, and cyanine dyes are particularly preferable. preferable.
- Examples of such dyes that absorb at least infrared light or near infrared light include, for example, JP-A-58-125246, JP-A-59-84356, JP-A-59-202829, and JP-A-60-.
- Cyanine dyes described in JP-A-78787 and the like methine dyes described in JP-A-58-173696, JP-A-58-181690 and JP-A-58-194595, and JP-A-58-112793, JP-A-58-224793, JP-A-59-48187, JP-A-59-73996, JP-A-60-52940, JP-A-60-63744 and the like.
- Examples thereof include naphthoquinone dyes described in JP-A-58-112792, squarylium dyes described in JP-A-58-112792, and cyanine dyes described in British Patent 434,875. Further, a near infrared absorption sensitizer described in US Pat. No. 5,156,938 is also preferably used as a dye, and a substituted arylbenzo described in US Pat. No. 3,881,924 is also used. (Thio)pyrylium salt, the trimethine thiapyrylium salt described in JP-A-57-142645 (US Pat. No.
- Cyanine dyes, pentamethine thiopyrylium salts described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,283,475, and pyrylium compounds disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 5-13514 and 5-19702 are commercially available products. Particularly preferably used are Epolight III-178, Epolight III-130, and Epolight III-125 manufactured by Eporin.
- Another particularly preferable example of the dye is a near-infrared absorbing dye described as formulas (I) and (II) in US Pat. No. 4,756,993.
- (I-1) to (I-30) described in US Pat. No. 4,756,993, columns 7 to 17 are preferable.
- cyanine dyes particularly preferred among these dyes are cyanine dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, oxonol dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, thiopyrylium dyes, and nickel thiolate complexes.
- the cyanine dye represented by the following formula (a) is particularly preferable because it is excellent in stability and economy when used in the lower layer of the image recording layer.
- X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a diarylamino group (—NPh 2 ), —X 2 —L 1 or a group shown below, and X 2 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
- L 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having a hetero atom, or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms having a hetero atom.
- the hetero atom represents N, S, O, a halogen atom, or Se.
- Ph represents a phenyl group.
- Xa ⁇ is defined in the same manner as Za ⁇ described later, and R a is a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, and a halogen atom. Represents a group.
- R 21 and R 22 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. From the storage stability of the lithographic printing plate precursor, R 21 and R 22 are preferably a hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms, and further, R 21 and R 22 are bonded to each other to form a 5-membered ring or 6-membered ring. It is particularly preferable that a ring is formed.
- Ar 1 and Ar 2 which may be the same or different, each represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are mentioned as a preferable aromatic hydrocarbon group.
- a C12 or less hydrocarbon group, a halogen atom, and a C12 or less alkoxy group are mentioned.
- Y 11 and Y 12 may be the same or different and each represents a sulfur atom or a dialkylmethylene group having 12 or less carbon atoms.
- Preferable substituents include an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms, a carboxy group and a sulfo group.
- Za ⁇ represents a counter anion. However, when the cyanine dye represented by the formula (a) has an anionic substituent in its structure and charge neutralization is not necessary, Za ⁇ is not necessary.
- Preferred Za ⁇ is a halide ion, a perchlorate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion or a sulfonate ion from the storage stability of the lithographic printing plate precursor, and particularly preferably, a perchlorate ion or a hexachlorate ion. It is a fluorophosphate ion or an aryl sulfonate ion.
- cyanine dye represented by formula (a) that can be preferably used include, for example, paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP 2001-133969 A, paragraphs 0012 to 0038 of JP 2002-40638 A, and JP Examples thereof include those described in paragraphs 0012 to 0023 of 2002-23360.
- the cyanine dye A shown below is particularly preferable as the infrared absorber contained in the lower layer of the image recording layer.
- the lower layer of the image recording layer may contain an infrared absorber alone or in combination of two or more.
- the content of the infrared absorbent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer. It is particularly preferably from 1.0% by mass to 30% by mass.
- the addition amount is 0.01% by mass or more, the sensitivity becomes high, and when the addition amount is 50% by mass or less, the uniformity of the layer is good and the durability of the layer is excellent.
- the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure may further contain other binder polymer.
- the lower layer of the image recording layer is selected from the group consisting of a phenol resin, a styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer, an acrylic resin, an acetal resin, and a resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain as the other binder polymer. It is preferable to further include at least one kind.
- the other binder polymer is preferably an alkali-soluble resin.
- the lower layer of the image recording layer may contain the other binder polymer alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
- the content of the other binder polymer in the lower layer of the image recording layer is preferably smaller than the content of the polymer A.
- the content of the other binder polymer is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass, further preferably 1% by mass, based on the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer. It is particularly preferable that the lower layer of the image recording layer contains no other binder polymer.
- the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure preferably contains an acid generator from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity of the lithographic printing plate precursor obtained.
- the acid generator is a compound that generates an acid by light or heat, and refers to a compound that decomposes to generate an acid when irradiated with infrared rays or heated at 100° C. or higher.
- the generated acid is preferably a strong acid having a pKa of 2 or less such as sulfonic acid and hydrochloric acid.
- the acid generated from the acid generator enhances the permeability of the developing solution into the exposed area of the lithographic printing plate precursor, and further improves the solubility of the image recording layer in the alkaline aqueous solution.
- the acid generator preferably used in the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure include the acid generators described in paragraphs 0116 to 0130 of WO 2016/047392. Above all, it is preferable to use an onium salt compound as the acid generator from the viewpoint of sensitivity and stability.
- the onium salt compound will be described below.
- Examples of the onium salt compound that can be preferably used in the present disclosure include compounds known as compounds that generate an acid by being decomposed by infrared radiation and thermal energy generated from the infrared absorber upon exposure.
- Examples of onium salt compounds suitable for the present disclosure include known thermal polymerization initiators and compounds having an onium salt structure described below having a bond with a small bond dissociation energy from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
- Examples of the onium salt preferably used in the present disclosure include known diazonium salts, iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, ammonium salts, pyridinium salts, azinium salts, and the like. Among them, triarylsulfonium or diaryliodonium sulfonates. , Carboxylate, BF 4 ⁇ , PF 6 ⁇ , ClO 4 ⁇ and the like are preferable.
- Examples of onium salts that can be used as the acid generator in the present disclosure include onium salts represented by any of the following formulas III to V.
- Ar 11 and Ar 12 each independently represent an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, which may have a substituent.
- a preferable substituent is a halogen atom, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 12 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms, or an aryloxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms. ..
- Z 11- is a pair selected from the group consisting of halide ion, perchlorate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, sulfonate ion, and sulfonate ion having a fluorine atom such as perfluoroalkylsulfonate ion.
- Ar 21 represents an aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- Preferred substituents are a halogen atom, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, Examples thereof include a dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an arylamino group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and a diarylamino group (the carbon numbers of two aryl groups are each independently 6 to 12).
- Z 21- represents a counter ion having the same meaning as Z 11- .
- R 31 , R 32 and R 33 which may be the same or different, each represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- substituents include a halogen atom, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
- Z 31 ⁇ represents a counter ion having the same meaning as Z 11 ⁇ .
- onium salt that can be preferably used in the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure are the same as the compounds described in paragraphs 0121 to 0124 of International Publication WO2016/047392.
- the compounds described as examples of the radical polymerization initiator in paragraphs 0036 to 0045 of JP 2008-195018 are related to the present disclosure. It can be suitably used as an acid generator.
- More preferred examples of the acid generator usable in the present disclosure include the following compounds (PAG-1) to (PAG-5).
- these acid generators When these acid generators are contained in the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure, these compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
- the content of the acid generator is preferably 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass, based on the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer. % To 30% by mass is more preferable. When the content is in the above range, the sensitivity which is the effect of the addition of the acid generator is improved, and the generation of the residual film in the non-image area is suppressed.
- the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure may contain an acid multiplying agent.
- the acid multiplying agent in the present disclosure is a compound substituted with a residue of a relatively strong acid, and is a compound which is easily eliminated in the presence of an acid catalyst to newly generate an acid. That is, it decomposes by an acid-catalyzed reaction to generate an acid again.
- One or more acids increase in one reaction, and the acid concentration accelerates as the reaction progresses, so that the sensitivity is dramatically improved.
- the strength of the generated acid is preferably 3 or less as an acid dissociation constant (pKa), and more preferably 2 or less. When the acid dissociation constant is 3 or less, the elimination reaction by the acid catalyst is likely to occur.
- Examples of the acid used for such an acid catalyst include dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid and phenylsulfonic acid.
- the usable acid multiplying agents are the same as those described in paragraphs 0133 to 0135 of WO 2016/047392.
- the content thereof is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass relative to the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer. Mass% is more preferable, and 0.1 mass% to 5 mass% is further preferable.
- the content of the acid proliferating agent is in the above range, the effect of adding the acid proliferating agent is sufficiently obtained, the sensitivity is improved, and the reduction of the film strength of the image area is suppressed.
- the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure may contain, as other additives, a development accelerator, a surfactant, a printout agent, a colorant, a plasticizer, a wax agent and the like.
- -Development accelerator- An acid anhydride, a phenol, or an organic acid may be added to the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure for the purpose of improving sensitivity.
- Cyclic acid anhydrides are preferable as the acid anhydrides, and specific examples of the cyclic acid anhydrides include phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, and hexahydroanhydride described in US Pat. No. 4,115,128.
- Phthalic acid, 3,6-endooxytetrahydrophthalic anhydride, tetrachlorophthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride, chloromaleic anhydride, ⁇ -phenylmaleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride and the like can be used.
- non-cyclic acid anhydrides include acetic anhydride.
- phenols include bisphenol A, 2,2'-bishydroxysulfone, p-nitrophenol, p-ethoxyphenol, 2,4,4'-trihydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzophenone, 4- Examples include hydroxybenzophenone, 4,4',4"-trihydroxytriphenylmethane, 4,4',3",4"-tetrahydroxy-3,5,3',5'-tetramethyltriphenylmethane. ..
- Organic acids are described in JP-A-60-88942, JP-A-2-96755, and the like.
- p-toluenesulfonic acid dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfinic acid, Ethyl sulfuric acid, phenylphosphonic acid, phenylphosphinic acid, phenyl phosphate, diphenyl phosphate, benzoic acid, isophthalic acid, adipic acid, p-toluic acid, 3,4-dimethoxybenzoic acid, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 4-cyclohexene Examples include -1,2-dicarboxylic acid, erucic acid, lauric acid, n-undecanoic acid, and ascorbic acid.
- the ratio of the above-mentioned acid anhydride, phenols and organic acids to the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer is preferably 0.05% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 15% by mass, It is particularly preferably from 1% by mass to 10% by mass.
- JP-A No. 62-251740 and JP-A No. 3-208514 The lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure is described in JP-A No. 62-251740 and JP-A No. 3-208514 in order to improve the coating property and to broaden the stability of processing under developing conditions.
- Such nonionic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants described in JP-A-59-121044 and JP-A-4-13149, JP-A-62-170950 and JP-A-11- Fluorine-containing monomer copolymers such as those described in JP-A-288093 and JP-A-2003-57820 can be added.
- nonionic surfactant examples include sorbitan tristearate, sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan trioleate, stearic acid monoglyceride, and polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether.
- amphoteric surfactant examples include alkyldi(aminoethyl)glycine, alkylpolyaminoethylglycine hydrochloride, 2-alkyl-N-carboxyethyl-N-hydroxyethylimidazolinium betaine and N-tetradecyl-N,N-. Examples thereof include betaine type (for example, trade name "Amogen K”: manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.).
- the ratio of the surfactant to the total weight of the lower layer of the image recording layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and 0.05% by mass to 2.0% by mass. Mass% is more preferable.
- a printout agent for obtaining a visible image immediately after heating by exposure and a dye or pigment as an image colorant can be added.
- the print-out agent and the colorant are described in detail, for example, in paragraphs 0122 to 0123 of JP 2009-229917 A, and the compounds described therein can be applied to the present disclosure.
- the content of the print-out agent or the colorant is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, and preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer. More preferably, it is added in a ratio of.
- plasticizer may be added to the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure in order to impart flexibility to the coating film.
- a plasticizer may be added to the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure in order to impart flexibility to the coating film.
- Oligomers and polymers are used.
- These plasticizers are preferably added in a proportion of 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass, and preferably 1.0% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer. More preferable.
- -Wax agent- A compound that lowers the coefficient of static friction of the surface can be added to the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure for the purpose of imparting resistance to scratches.
- Examples thereof include compounds having an ester of a long-chain alkylcarboxylic acid.
- the addition amount is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer.
- the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has a support, an image recording layer lower layer, and an image recording layer upper layer (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “upper layer”) in this order, and the image recording layer upper layer has a pKa of less than 10.
- the upper layer of the image recording layer contains the polymer B having a structural unit having an acid group having a pKa of less than 10.
- the pKa of the acid group is less than 10, and is preferably 7.0 or less from the viewpoints of developability with time, retention of image area with time, and printing durability with time, and is 3.0 or more and 7.0 or less. It is more preferable that it is from 3.5 to 6.0, further preferably from 3.5 to 6.0, and particularly preferably from 4.0 to 5.5. Further, in the polymer B, the structure having the smallest pKa value is preferably an acid group in a structural unit having an acid group.
- the pKa)-(pKa of the acid group in the polymer B) of the structure is preferably more than 0, and is 0.5 or more and 5.0 or less, from the viewpoint of the retention of the image area over time and the printing durability over time. It is more preferably 1.5 or more and 4.5 or less, still more preferably 2.0 or more and 4.0 or less.
- the content of the polymer B is 30% by mass or more based on the total mass of the polymer contained in the upper layer of the image recording layer, and the time-developability, the time-development debris suppression property, the time-dependent image area retention, the time-dependent printing durability, and the From the viewpoint of ablation suppression property, it is preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 85% by mass to 100% by mass.
- the polymer B may be an addition polymerization type resin or a polycondensation resin, but from the viewpoint of time-developability, time-development-debris-retaining property, image-retaining property with time, and printing durability with time, A resin or a phenol resin is preferable, an acrylic resin or a novolac resin is more preferable, and an acrylic resin is particularly preferable.
- the phenol resin may be a resin obtained by polycondensing at least a phenol compound and formaldehyde, preferably a novolac resin and a resole resin, more preferably a novolac resin.
- the polymer B is preferably an alkali-soluble resin, more preferably a weak alkali-soluble resin that is soluble in weak alkali.
- alkali-soluble refers to being soluble in a 1 mol/L sodium hydroxide solution at 25° C.
- weakly alkali-soluble refers to a 0.0001 mol/L sodium hydroxide solution (pH 10) at 25° C. It is soluble.
- soluble means that 0.1 g or more is dissolved in 100 mL of solvent.
- the polymer B contains a structural unit having an acid group.
- the acid group is preferably introduced into the polymer B as a constitutional unit containing an acid group using a monomer capable of forming an acid group.
- the acid group in the polymer B is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, and a sulfuric acid group.
- a carboxy group is preferable from the viewpoints of time-development property, time-development-debris suppression property, and time-dependent printing durability and ablation property suppression property.
- the phenolic hydroxyl group (phenolic hydroxy group) usually has a pKa of 10 or more, and thus is not included in the acid group in the polymer B.
- the polymer B may further have an acid group having a pKa of 10 or more, but the content of the acid group having a pKa of 10 or more is preferably 0.1 moL/g or less from the viewpoint of developability, It is more preferably 0.01 moL/g or less.
- the ClogP value of the structural unit having an acid group is preferably 0.3 to 5, and more preferably 1.0 to 4.0 from the viewpoints of developability with time, printing durability with time, and ink receptivity. More preferably, it is more preferably 2.0 to 3.8.
- the ClogP value is a value obtained by calculating the common logarithm logP of the partition coefficient P between 1-octanol and water. Known methods and software can be used for calculating the ClogP value, but unless otherwise specified, the ClogP program incorporated in ChemBioDraw Ultra 12.0 of Cambridge software is used in the present disclosure.
- a hydrogen atom is substituted for a connecting site (that is, * in the following structural unit) of a structural unit (preferably a monomer unit) having an acid group.
- a connecting site that is, * in the following structural unit
- the ClogP value is calculated after conversion into the following structure UA'-1.
- the acid value of the polymer B is preferably 1.0 meq/g to 3.5 meq/g, and more preferably 1.5 meq/g to 1.9 meq, from the viewpoints of the developability over time, the development debris controllability over time, and the printing durability over time.
- /G is more preferable, and 1.5 meq/g to 1.75 meq/g is further preferable.
- the polymer B preferably further contains a structural unit having a basic group from the viewpoints of printing durability with time and developability with time.
- the base group is preferably introduced into the polymer B as a constitutional unit containing the base group by using a monomer capable of forming the base group.
- the pKaH of the basic group is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and more preferably 8 or more from the viewpoint of developability with time. Is more preferable.
- the upper limit of pKaH of the basic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 9 or less.
- the base group pKaH means the pKa of an acid conjugated to the base group.
- the pKaH in the present disclosure is calculated using ACD/Labs software Ver 8.0 for Microsoft windows ACD/pKa DB ver 8.07 manufactured by Advanced Chemistry Development.
- the basic group in the polymer B is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an amino group and an aromatic ring containing a nitrogen atom. From the viewpoint of developability with time, printing durability with time, and abrasion resistance, a tertiary amino group or pyridyl is used. A group is more preferable, and a tertiary amino group is particularly preferable. Further, in the polymer B, it is preferable that the acid group is a carboxy group and the base group is a tertiary amino group or a pyridyl group, from the viewpoints of the developability with time, the printing durability with time, and the abrasion resistance. More preferably, the acid group is a carboxy group and the base group is a tertiary amino group.
- the ClogP value of the structural unit having a basic group is preferably ⁇ 1.0 to 10 and more preferably 1.0 to 5.0 from the viewpoints of developability with time, printing durability with time, and abrasion resistance. More preferable.
- the ClogP value of the structural unit having a base group is determined by the same method as the ClogP value of the structural unit having an acid group described above. For example, when calculating the ClogP value of the structural unit UB-1 below, the ClogP value is calculated after conversion into the structure UB′-1 below.
- the base number of the polymer B is preferably 1.5 meq/g to 1.9 meq/g, and more preferably 1.5 meq/g to 1.75 meq/g.
- the base number of the polymer B means the base number determined by the perchloric acid method defined by JIS K 2501 (2003). The base number is obtained as the number of milligrams (mg) of potassium hydroxide equivalent to hydrochloric acid or perchloric acid required to neutralize all the basic components contained in 1 g of the sample.
- the ratio of the number of moles of acid groups/the number of moles of base groups in the polymer B is preferably 0.90/1.0 to 1.0/0.90, and 0.95/1.0 to 1 0.0/0.95 is more preferable.
- the chain length between the acid group or the base group and the main chain is preferably 3 or more atoms from the viewpoints of the time-development property and the ablation suppression property. More preferably, the chain length between is 5 or more atoms.
- the chain length between the acid group or the base group and the main chain is a value obtained by counting the number of side chain atoms connecting the main chain in the polymer B and the acid group or the base group so as to be the minimum. Atoms contained in the main chain are not included in the chain length number.
- the alkyl chain is preferably a branched or linear saturated alkyl chain, and more preferably a linear alkyl chain, from the viewpoint that the acid group and base group contained in the polymer B easily form a salt.
- the chain length is 5.
- the above chain length is 1.
- the constituent unit having an acid group is preferably a constituent unit represented by the following formula A1.
- the structural unit having a basic group is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula B1.
- the constitutional unit represented by the formula A1 may be referred to as “constitutional unit A1”
- the constitutional unit represented by the formula B1 may be referred to as “constitutional unit B1”.
- R 1A represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- X 1A represents a single bond, an ester bond or an amide bond
- L 1A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
- Acid has a pKa of less than 10. It represents an acid group, and * each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
- R 2B represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- X 2B represents a single bond, an ester bond or an amide bond
- L 2B represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
- Base represents a base group
- L 2 and the atom contained in Base may form a ring.
- X 1A is preferably an ester bond or an amide bond.
- the carbon atom in the ester bond is preferably bonded to the main chain side of the polymer B.
- X 1A represents an amide bond
- it is preferable that the carbon atom in the amide bond is bonded to the main chain side of the polymer B.
- L 1A is preferably a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have an ester bond or an ether bond inside, and is preferably a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group. More preferably, it is a single bond or a divalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, still more preferably.
- L 1A represents a divalent hydrocarbon group
- the carbon number of L 1A is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 15, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
- Acid is preferably an acid group having a pKa of 7 or less, and more preferably a carboxy group. * Each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
- L 2B is preferably a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a urea bond or an ether bond, more preferably a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group, and a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group. More preferably, it is an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group.
- L 2B represents a divalent hydrocarbon group
- the carbon number of L 2B is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 2 to 8.
- Base is preferably a tertiary amino group or a pyridyl group.
- L 2B and the atom contained in Base may combine with each other to form a ring, and the ring formed is preferably a tetramethylpiperidine ring or the like. * Each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
- the structural unit A1 is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula a. Further, the structural unit B1 is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula b.
- R 3A represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- X 3A represents —O— or —NR 7A —
- R 7A represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
- L 3A represents a single bond or a carbon number. It represents one or more divalent hydrocarbon groups, and * each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
- R 4B represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- X 4B represents —O— or —NR 8B —
- R 8B represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
- L 4B , R 5B and R 6B At least two of them may combine to form a ring
- L 4B represents a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 or more carbon atoms
- R 5B and R 6B each independently have a carbon number. It represents one or more monovalent hydrocarbon groups, and * each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
- R 7A is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. Is more preferable.
- L 3A represents a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 or more carbon atoms, and is a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have an ester bond or an ether bond therein. Is more preferable, a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group is more preferable, and a single bond or a divalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group is further preferable.
- L 3A represents a divalent hydrocarbon group
- the number of carbon atoms in L 3A is more preferably 2-15, and even more preferably 3-12.
- the polymer B may have one type of structural unit having an acid group, or may have two or more types.
- the content of the structural unit having an acid group (preferably the structural unit A1, more preferably the structural unit a) is preferably 5% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the polymer B, and 10% by mass. % Or more and 50 mass% or less is more preferable.
- R 8B is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. Is more preferable.
- L 4B represents a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 or more carbon atoms, preferably a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a urea bond or an ether bond, and a single bond Alternatively, a divalent hydrocarbon group is more preferable, and a single bond or a divalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group is further preferable.
- the carbon number of L 4B is more preferably 2-10, and even more preferably 2-8.
- at least two members out of L 4B , R 5B and R 6B may combine to form a ring, and the formed ring is preferably a tetramethylpiperidine ring or the like.
- R 5B and R 6B each independently represent a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 or more carbon atoms, and preferably an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 or more carbon atoms.
- the carbon number of R 5B and R 6B is preferably 1-10.
- N is a nitrogen atom contained in the tertiary amino group.
- the content of the structural unit having a basic group (preferably the structural unit B1, more preferably the structural unit b) is preferably 5% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the polymer B, and 10% by mass. % Or more and 50 mass% or less is more preferable.
- the polymer B preferably further contains a constitutional unit other than the constitutional unit having an acid group and the constitutional unit having a basic group.
- the other structural unit include a structural unit formed by a (meth)acrylate compound, a (meth)acrylamide compound, a styrene compound and the like, but a structural unit formed by a (meth)acrylate compound is preferable, and From the viewpoint of sex, a structural unit formed of a (meth)acrylate compound having no hydrophilic group is more preferable.
- the content of the structural unit formed by the (meth)acrylate compound is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, and preferably 5% by mass or more and 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer B. Is more preferable.
- the (meth)acrylate compound may be a monofunctional (meth)acrylate compound having one (meth)acryloxy group in one molecule, and may have two or more (meth)acryloxy groups in one molecule. Although it may be a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate compound, a monofunctional (meth)acrylate compound is preferable from the viewpoint of developability with time.
- the (meth)acrylate compound does not have a hydrophilic group, and is preferably a monofunctional (meth)acrylate compound, does not have a hydrophilic group, and, A monofunctional methacrylic acid ester compound is more preferable.
- monofunctional methacrylate compounds having no hydrophilic group include alkyl methacrylate compounds and cycloalkyl methacrylate compounds. These may have a substituent other than the hydrophilic group.
- methacrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of ink receptivity.
- alkyl methacrylate compound having an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, propyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate and the like.
- the weight average molecular weight of the polymer B is preferably 5,000 to 200,000, and more preferably 8,000 to 100,000 from the viewpoints of the developability with time and the printing durability with time.
- the upper layer of the image recording layer may contain the polymer B alone or in combination of two or more.
- the content of the polymer B is preferably 10% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 95% by mass, and further preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total mass of the upper layer of the image recording layer. % Is more preferable.
- the polymer B is produced, for example, by a known method.
- the polymer B can be obtained as a polymer by applying energy such as heating or exposure using a composition containing a monomer used for forming each structural unit and a known polymerization initiator.
- the composition may further contain known additives.
- the detailed conditions for applying energy may be determined with reference to a known document.
- each structural unit represents the same structural unit as the symbol shown in the specific example of each structural unit described above.
- the description of the content of each structural unit represents the content (mass ratio) of each structural unit with respect to the total mass of the polymer B.
- the structural units indicated by the descriptions of MMA, EHMA, and BnMA will be described later.
- the constituent units described as MMA, EHMA, and BnMA in the other constituent units 1 are constituent units having the following structures, respectively.
- the upper layer of the image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure contains an infrared absorber.
- the preferred embodiment of the infrared absorbent used in the upper layer of the image recording layer is the same as the preferred embodiment of the infrared absorbent used in the lower layer of the image recording layer.
- the upper layer of the image recording layer may further contain a binder polymer other than the polymer B.
- the image recording layer is selected from the group consisting of a phenol resin, a styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer, an acrylic resin, an acetal resin, and a resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain as the other binder polymer. It is preferable to further include at least one kind.
- the other binder polymer is preferably an alkali-soluble resin, and more preferably a weak alkali-soluble resin.
- the phenol resin used as the other binder polymer used in the present disclosure is preferably a phenol resin having a weight average molecular weight of more than 2,000.
- the phenol resin having a weight average molecular weight of more than 2,000 is a phenol resin containing phenol or a substituted phenol as a constituent unit, preferably a novolak resin.
- the novolak resin is preferably used in the lithographic printing plate precursor because it causes a strong hydrogen bonding property in the unexposed area and a part of the hydrogen bonding is easily released in the exposed area.
- the novolac resin is not particularly limited as long as it contains phenols as a constituent unit in the molecule.
- the novolak resin in the present disclosure is a resin obtained by a condensation reaction of phenol, a substituted phenol shown below, and an aldehyde.
- the phenol include phenol, isopropylphenol, t-butylphenol, Examples thereof include t-amylphenol, hexylphenol, cyclohexylphenol, 3-methyl-4-chloro-6-t-butylphenol, isopropylcresol, t-butylcresol and t-amylcresol.
- Preferred are t-butylphenol and t-butylcresol.
- examples of aldehydes include aliphatic and aromatic aldehydes such as formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, acrolein, and crotonaldehyde. Formaldehyde and acetaldehyde are preferred.
- examples of the novolak resin in the present disclosure include a condensation polymer of phenol and formaldehyde (phenol formaldehyde resin), a condensation polymer of m-cresol and formaldehyde (m-cresol formaldehyde resin), p.
- an alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as t-butylphenol formaldehyde resin and octylphenol formaldehyde resin is further used.
- examples thereof include a condensation polymer of phenol and formaldehyde having a substituent.
- novolak resins phenol formaldehyde resin and phenol/cresol mixed formaldehyde resin are particularly preferable.
- the weight average molecular weight of the phenol resin is preferably more than 2,000 and 50,000 or less, more preferably 2,500 to 20,000, and particularly preferably 3,000 to 10,000. ..
- the dispersity is preferably 1.1 to 10.
- the number average molecular weight is a polystyrene equivalent number average molecular weight measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) using tetrahydrofuran (THF) as a solvent.
- GPC gel permeation chromatography
- THF tetrahydrofuran
- the content of the phenol resin in the upper layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure is preferably 1% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer B, from the viewpoint of obtaining a lithographic printing plate precursor excellent in image forming property. It is more preferably from 50% by mass to 50% by mass, and particularly preferably from 10% by mass to 30% by mass.
- the other binder polymer examples include a styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer, an acrylic resin, an acetal resin, and a resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond, or an amide bond in its main chain.
- resins having the acidic groups listed in the following (1) to (6) in the side chain of the polymer can be preferably used.
- Phenolic hydroxyl group (-Ar-OH) (2) Sulfonamide group (-SO 2 NH-R) (3) Substituted sulfonamide acid group (hereinafter referred to as "active imide group") [-SO 2 NHCOR, -SO 2 NHSO 2 R, -CONHSO 2 R] (4) Carboxylic acid group (—CO 2 H) (5) Sulfonic acid group (-SO 3 H) (6) Phosphate group (-OPO 3 H 2 )
- Ar represents a divalent aryl linking group which may have a substituent
- R represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. ..
- a resin having an acidic group selected from the above (1) to (6) a resin having an acid group with a pKa of 9 or less in its side chain is preferable, and a resin having a carboxy group in its side chain is more preferable.
- the styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin containing at least a structural unit derived from styrene and a structural unit derived from acrylonitrile, but is preferably a resin having the above acidic group.
- the styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer those known as those used for the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor can be used without particular limitation.
- the acrylonitrile-derived copolymerization component include acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile. Of these, acrylonitrile is preferable.
- styrene-derived copolymerization component examples include styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, p-hydroxystyrene, p-carboxystyrene and the like, and any of them can be preferably used.
- the ratio of the acrylonitrile-derived copolymerization component to the styrene-derived copolymerization component is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, and 10% by mass to 45% by mass of the total amount of the acrylonitrile-derived copolymerization component. % Is more preferable.
- the structural unit derived from acrylonitrile and the structural unit derived from styrene other structural units may be further included.
- the structural unit having an acidic group include structural units derived from a polymerizable compound such as (meth)acrylic acid and hydroxyphenyl(meth)acrylate.
- the styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer can be synthesized by a known radical polymerization method such as emulsion polymerization, suspension polymerization, solution polymerization, or bulk polymerization, cationic polymerization method, anionic polymerization method, or the like. Further, the shape of the copolymer is not limited to a linear random copolymer, and may be a block copolymer or a graft copolymer.
- the preferred styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer has a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 1,000,000, and more preferably 3,000 to 300,000.
- the content of the styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer in the image recording layer is preferably in the range of 5% by mass to 80% by mass, and in the range of 10% by mass to 70% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. Is more preferable.
- the acrylic resin is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin containing at least a structural unit derived from an acrylic compound, but is preferably a resin having the above acidic group.
- the acrylic resin those known as those used for the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor can be used without particular limitation.
- As the acrylic resin a polymer produced by polymerizing a monomer containing at least one ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an acidic group or a mixture thereof is preferably used.
- (meth)acrylic acid or a monomer represented by the following formula is preferable.
- (meth)acrylic acid is preferable, and methacrylic acid is more preferable.
- the content of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an acidic group is preferably 1% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 25% by mass, based on the total mass of the acrylic resin, since it has excellent developability. It is more preferably 10% by mass to 20% by mass.
- Examples of monomers other than the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an acidic group include alkyl (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylic acid esters having an aliphatic hydroxyl group, (meth)acrylamides, vinyl esters, styrenes, N Examples include nitrogen atom-containing monomers such as vinylpyrrolidone and maleimides.
- these other monomers preferably used are (meth)acrylic acid esters, (meth)acrylamides, maleimides, and (meth)acrylonitrile, and more preferably (meth)acrylamide and maleimide. It is a kind.
- the maleimides are preferably N-substituted maleimides, and the N-substituted maleimides include, for example, N-methylmaleimide, N-ethylmaleimide, Nn-propylmaleimide, Ni-propylmaleimide, Nn-butyl.
- N-methylmaleimide N-ethylmaleimide
- Nn-propylmaleimide Nn-propylmaleimide
- Ni-propylmaleimide Nn-butyl.
- maleimide Nt-butylmaleimide, Nn-hexylmaleimide, N-cyclopentylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide and N-1-naphthylmaleimide.
- N-cyclohexylmaleimide and N-phenylmaleimide are preferable, and N-phenylmaleimide is more preferable.
- the N-substituted maleimides may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the content of the structural unit derived from the N-substituted maleimide is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, further preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the acrylic resin. ..
- the content of the structural unit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the acrylic resin. More preferably, it is from 30% by mass to 30% by mass.
- the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, further preferably 30,000 to 60,000.
- the content of the acrylic resin in the upper layer of the image recording layer is preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the upper layer of the image recording layer.
- acetal resin examples include polymer compounds containing a structural unit represented by the following formula EV-1 and the following formula EV-2.
- L represents a divalent linking group
- x is 0 or 1
- R 1 represents an aromatic ring group or a heteroaromatic ring group having at least one hydroxy group
- R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a linear or branched group which may have a substituent, or a cyclic alkyl group, a linear or branched group which may have a substituent, Alternatively, it represents a cyclic alkenyl group, an aromatic ring which may have a substituent, or a heteroaromatic ring which may have a substituent.
- R 1 represents an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring having at least one hydroxy group, and the hydroxy group may be in the ortho, meta or para position with respect to the binding site with L. Good.
- the aromatic ring include phenyl group, benzyl group, tolyl group, o-, m-, p-xylyl group, naphthyl group, anthracenyl group, and phenanthrenyl group.
- Preferred examples of the heteroaromatic ring include a furyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyrimidyl group, a pyrazoyl group and a thiophenyl group.
- aromatic rings or heteroaromatic rings may have a substituent other than a hydroxyl group, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group such as a methyl group and an ethyl group, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group, an aryloxy group.
- substituent include an alkyl group such as a methyl group and an ethyl group, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group, an aryloxy group.
- Examples thereof include alicyclic groups.
- R 1 is preferably a hydroxyphenyl group having a hydroxy group or a hydroxynaphthyl group, and more preferably a hydroxyphenyl group.
- the hydroxyphenyl group include 2-, 3-, or 4-hydroxyphenyl groups.
- the hydroxynaphthyl group include 2,3-, 2,4-, or 2,5-dihydroxynaphthyl group, 1,2,3-trihydroxynaphthyl group, and hydroxynaphthyl group.
- the hydroxyphenyl group or hydroxynaphthyl group may have a substituent, and preferable examples of the substituent include alkoxy groups such as methoxy group and ethoxy group.
- the alkylene group, the arylene group, or the heteroarylene group may have a substituent, and as the substituent, an alkyl group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a monoalkylamino group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, and , Phosphonic acid groups or salts thereof.
- L is an alkylene group, an arylene group, or, more preferably heteroarylene group, -CH 2 -, - CH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -, or, phenylene group More preferably,
- R 2 and R 3 may each independently have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group which may have a substituent, or a cyclic alkyl group which may have a substituent. It represents a linear, branched, or cyclic alkenyl group, an aromatic ring that may have a substituent, or a heteroaromatic ring that may have a substituent.
- alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, chloromethyl group, trichloromethyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group. , 1-methoxybutyl group, isohexyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and methylcyclohexyl group.
- alkenyl group examples include ethenyl group, n-propenyl group, n-butenyl group, n-pentenyl group, n-hexenyl group, isopropenyl group, isobutenyl group, isopentenyl group, neopentenyl group, 1-methylbutenyl group, isohexenyl group.
- a chlorine atom is mentioned as a halogen atom.
- the aromatic ring preferably includes aryl groups such as phenyl group, benzyl group, tolyl group, o-, m-, p-xylyl group, naphthyl group, anthracenyl group and phenanthrenyl group.
- aryl groups such as phenyl group, benzyl group, tolyl group, o-, m-, p-xylyl group, naphthyl group, anthracenyl group and phenanthrenyl group.
- the heteroaromatic ring include a furyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyrimidyl group, a pyrazoyl group, and a thiophenyl group.
- R 2 and R 3 each independently preferably represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
- Examples of the substituent on the alkyl group, alkenyl group, aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring include methoxy group, alkoxy group such as ethoxy group, thioalkyl group, and —SH.
- the aromatic ring or the heteroaromatic ring may have an azo group such as an aryloxy group, a thioaryl group, an azoalkyl group and an azoaryl group, or an amino group as a substituent.
- the content of the structural unit represented by the formula EV-1 (provided that it is converted into a monomer unit) is preferably 10 mol% or more, and preferably 10 mol% to 55 mol% based on the total amount of the monomer unit in the polymer compound. Is more preferable, 15 mol% to 45 mol% is further preferable, and 20 mol% to 35 mol% is particularly preferable.
- the content of the structural unit represented by the formula EV-2 (provided that it is converted into a monomer unit) is preferably 15 mol% or more, and preferably 15 mol% to 60 mol% with respect to the total amount of the monomer unit in the polymer compound. Is more preferable, 20 mol% to 50 mol% is further preferable, and 25 mol% to 45 mol% is particularly preferable.
- the total content of the constitutional unit represented by the formula EV-1 and the constitutional unit represented by the formula EV-2 is based on the total amount of the monomer unit in the polymer compound.
- 50 mol% to 90 mol% is preferable, 60 mol% to 80 mol% is more preferable, and 65 mol% to 75 mol% is further preferable.
- the weight average molecular weight of the acetal resin is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 500,000, further preferably 10,000 to 300,000.
- the content of the acetal resin in the upper layer of the image recording layer is preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the upper layer of the image recording layer.
- a resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in its main chain means a polyurea polymer whose main chain is a urea bond, polyurethane a polymer whose main chain is a urethane bond, and an amide bond in its main chain.
- the polymer formed by is called polyamide.
- the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain may have at least one bond selected from the group consisting of a urea bond, a urethane bond and an amide bond in the main chain. You may have 2 or more types of these in the main chain.
- the structural unit contained in the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain a structural unit formed by a polyvalent isocyanate compound, a polyvalent carboxylic acid salt compound (for example, a polyvalent carboxylic acid halide compound, or , A polycarboxylic acid ester compound) and the like.
- These resins preferably have an acid group in the side chain.
- the acid group is introduced into these resins as a constitutional unit formed by, for example, a polyhydric alcohol compound having an acid group or a polyvalent amine compound having an acid group.
- the polyhydric alcohol compound is preferably a diol compound.
- the polyvalent amine compound is preferably a diamine compound.
- the pKa of the acid group is preferably 9 or less, more preferably 7 or less, and further preferably 5 or less.
- the lower limit of pKa of the acid group is not particularly limited, but is preferably ⁇ 5 or more, more preferably 1 or more. These pKa can be calculated in the same manner as the above-mentioned pKa.
- the acid group having a pKa of 9 or less is not particularly limited, but includes a sulfonamide group (-SO 2 -NH- or -SO 2 -NRsH, Rs is a hydrogen atom or a known substituent), a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and a sulfo group.
- a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, a sulfuric acid group, and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable from the viewpoints of printing durability, abrasion resistance, and developability.
- the polyisocyanate compound is preferably a diisocyanate compound.
- the polycarboxylic acid salt compound is preferably a dicarboxylic acid salt compound.
- the polyhydric alcohol compound a diol compound is preferable.
- a diamine compound is preferable as the polyvalent amine compound.
- a resin having a urea bond in the main chain is obtained by reacting the polyvalent isocyanate compound, and optionally the other polyvalent alcohol compound and the other polyvalent amine compound. Be done.
- a resin (polyurethane) having a urethane bond in its main chain is obtained by reacting the polyvalent isocyanate compound, the polyhydric alcohol compound, and optionally the polyvalent amine compound.
- a resin having an amide bond in the main chain by reacting the polyvalent carboxylate compound, and optionally the other polyhydric alcohol compound, and the other polyvalent amine compound. (Polyamide) is obtained. These reactions can be performed under known conditions.
- polyvalent isocyanate compounds include 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane, isophorone diisocyanate, trimethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,3-cyclopentane diisocyanate, 9H- Fluorene-2,7-diisocyanate, 9H-fluoren-9-one-2,7-diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, tolylene-2,4-diisocyanate , Tolylene-2,6-diisocyanate, 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane, 2,2-bis(4-isocyanatophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,5-diisocyanatonaphthalene, etc.
- the content of the constituent unit formed by the polyvalent isocyanate compound is preferably 10% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less based on the total mass of the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain, 20 It is more preferable that the content is at least 50% by mass.
- polyvalent carboxylic acid salt compound examples include polyvalent carboxylic acid halide compounds (for example, polyvalent carboxylic acid chloride compounds), polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compounds, and the like. Examples thereof include CL-1 to CL-10 below. Is mentioned.
- the content of the constituent unit formed by the polyvalent carboxylate compound is preferably 10% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less based on the total mass of the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain. It is more preferable that the content is 20 mass% or more and 40 mass% or less.
- polyhydric alcohol compound examples include polyhydric alcohol compounds used for forming a constitutional unit having an alkyleneoxy group described later, and examples thereof include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, and 1,5-pentane.
- examples thereof include glycol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol and 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol.
- the content of the constituent unit formed by the polyhydric alcohol compound is preferably 0% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain. It is more preferable that the content is 30% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less.
- polyvalent amine compound examples include 2,7-diamino-9H-fluorene, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 4,4′-diaminobenzophenone and bis(4-aminophenyl)sulfone.
- 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether bis(4-aminophenyl) sulfide, 1,1-bis(4-aminophenyl)cyclohexane, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3 '-Diaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethyldiphenylmethane, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 1,3-phenylenediamine, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 1, 8-diaminonaphthalene, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopentane, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine, 1,5-diaminopentane, 2-methyl-1,5-diaminopentane, 1,7
- the content of the constituent unit formed by the polyvalent amine compound is preferably 0% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less based on the total mass of the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain. It is more preferable that the content is 20% by mass or more.
- the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain preferably further has a constituent unit having an alkyleneoxy group in the main chain from the viewpoint of further improving printing durability.
- the alkyleneoxy group is preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, further preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an ethyleneoxy group, or , A propyleneoxy group is particularly preferable.
- the alkyleneoxy group may be a polyalkyleneoxy group.
- a polyalkyleneoxy group having a repeating number of 2 to 50 is preferable, a polyalkyleneoxy group having a repeating number of 2 to 40 is more preferable, and a polyalkyleneoxy group having a repeating number of 2 to 30 is further preferable.
- the preferred carbon number of the constituent unit of the polyalkyleneoxy group is the same as the preferred carbon number of the alkyleneoxy group.
- the constituent unit having an alkyleneoxy group is introduced, for example, by using a polyalkylene glycol compound (eg, polyethylene glycol or polypropylene glycol) as the polyhydric alcohol compound.
- the content of the structural unit having an alkyleneoxy group is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in its main chain, and 1% by mass. % Or more and 30% by mass or less is more preferable, and 5% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less is more preferable.
- the weight average molecular weight of the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in its main chain is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, further preferably 10,000 to 60,000.
- the content of the resin having a urea bond, urethane bond or amide bond in the main chain in the upper layer of the image recording layer is preferably from 1% by mass to 60% by mass, and preferably from 5% by mass to the total mass of the upper layer of the image recording layer. 50 mass% is more preferable.
- the upper layer of the image recording layer may contain an acid generator, an acid multiplying agent, other additives and the like.
- Other additives include a development accelerator, a surfactant, a printout agent, a coloring agent, a plasticizer, a wax agent and the like.
- the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has a support, an image recording layer lower layer, and an image recording layer upper layer in this order.
- all layers of the image recording layer in the present disclosure do not need to have infrared sensitivity, and may be a layer that can form an image-like plate by development as the entire image recording layer.
- the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure further has, as an image recording layer, one or more layers other than the image recording layer lower layer and the image recording layer upper layer (hereinafter, also referred to as “other layer”). You may have.
- Examples of the other layer include known image recording layers.
- the position of the other layer is not particularly limited and may be between the support and the image recording layer lower layer, between the image recording layer lower layer and the image recording layer upper layer, or the image recording layer upper layer. May be above.
- the lower layer of the image recording layer and the upper layer of the image recording layer are preferably formed by separating the two layers.
- a method for forming the two layers separately for example, a method of utilizing a difference in solvent solubility between a component contained in the lower layer and a component contained in the upper layer, or a method of applying a solvent rapidly after coating the upper layer And the like. It is preferable to use the latter method in combination, because the layers can be more favorably separated.
- these methods will be described in detail, but the method of separating and applying the two layers is not limited thereto.
- a component insoluble in a solvent such as methyl ethyl ketone or 1-methoxy-2-propanol that dissolves the polymer B as the upper layer component is selected, and the lower layer is coated using a solvent system that dissolves the lower layer component, After being dried, the upper layer containing the polymer B is dissolved with methyl ethyl ketone, 1-methoxy-2-propanol or the like, coated and dried to form a double layer.
- high pressure air is blown from a slit nozzle installed almost at right angles to the running direction of the web, or heating such as steam is performed. It can be achieved by applying heat energy as conduction heat from the lower surface of the web from a roll (heating roll) supplied with the medium, or by combining them.
- the lower layer of the image recording layer is preferably thicker than the upper layer of the image recording layer, from the viewpoints of developability with time and printing durability with time. That is, the amount per unit area of the lower layer of the image recording layer is preferably larger than the amount per unit area of the upper layer of the image recording layer from the viewpoints of developability over time and printing durability over time.
- the amount per unit area of the image recording layer lower layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.5 g/m 2 to 4.0 g/m 2 . It is more preferably in the range of 6 g/m 2 to 2.5 g/m 2 . When it is 0.5 g/m 2 or more, printing durability is excellent, and when it is 4.0 g/m 2 or less, image reproducibility and sensitivity are excellent.
- the amount per unit area of the image recording layer upper layer is not particularly limited, it is preferably in the range of 0.05g / m 2 ⁇ 1.0g / m 2, 0.08g / m 2 ⁇ 0. The range of 7 g/m 2 is more preferable.
- the coating amount per unit area of the entire image recording layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.6 g/m 2 to 4.0 g/m 2 , and 0.7 g/m 2 to 2. It is more preferably in the range of 5 g/m 2 . When it is 0.6 g/m 2 or more, printing durability is excellent, and when it is 4.0 g/m 2 or less, image reproducibility and sensitivity are excellent.
- the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has a support.
- the support in the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it is a dimensionally stable plate-like material having necessary strength and durability, and examples thereof include paper and plastic (for example, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, etc.).
- Laminated paper, metal plate eg, aluminum, zinc, copper, etc.
- plastic film eg, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose nitrate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene, (Polystyrene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, polyvinyl acetal, etc.), paper laminated or vapor-deposited with the above metals, or a plastic film.
- a polyester film or an aluminum plate is preferable, and among them, an aluminum plate which has good dimensional stability and is relatively inexpensive is particularly preferable.
- Suitable aluminum plates are a pure aluminum plate and an alloy plate containing aluminum as a main component and containing a slight amount of a foreign element, and may be a plastic film on which aluminum is laminated or vapor-deposited.
- the foreign elements contained in the aluminum alloy include silicon, iron, manganese, copper, magnesium, chromium, zinc, bismuth, nickel and titanium.
- the content of the foreign element in the alloy is preferably 10% by mass or less.
- Aluminum which is particularly suitable in the present disclosure is pure aluminum, but completely pure aluminum is difficult to produce due to refining technology, and thus may contain slightly different elements.
- the composition of the aluminum plate applied to the present disclosure is not specified, and an aluminum plate that is a publicly known and conventionally used material can be appropriately used.
- the thickness of the aluminum plate used in the present disclosure is preferably 0.1 mm to 0.6 mm, more preferably 0.15 mm to 0.4 mm, and particularly preferably 0.2 mm to 0.3 mm. preferable.
- Such aluminum plate may be subjected to surface treatment such as surface roughening treatment and anodizing treatment, if necessary.
- surface treatment such as surface roughening treatment and anodizing treatment
- a degreasing treatment with a surfactant, an organic solvent or an alkaline aqueous solution, a rough surface as described in paragraphs 0167 to 0169 of JP2009-175195A Chemical treatment, anodization treatment, etc. are appropriately performed.
- the aluminum surface that has been subjected to the anodizing treatment is optionally subjected to a hydrophilic treatment.
- hydrophilic treatment a method of treating with an alkali metal silicate (for example, sodium silicate aqueous solution) method, potassium fluorozirconate or polyvinylphosphonic acid, as disclosed in paragraph 0169 of JP2009-175195A, is used. Etc. are used. Further, the support described in JP 2011-245844 A is also preferably used.
- alkali metal silicate for example, sodium silicate aqueous solution
- potassium fluorozirconate or polyvinylphosphonic acid as disclosed in paragraph 0169 of JP2009-175195A.
- Etc. are used.
- the support described in JP 2011-245844 A is also preferably used.
- the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure may optionally have an undercoat layer between the support and the image recording layer lower layer.
- the undercoat layer component various organic compounds are used, for example, carboxymethyl cellulose, phosphonic acids having an amino group such as dextrin, organic phosphonic acid, organic phosphoric acid, organic phosphinic acid, amino acids, and a hydroxy group. Preferable examples thereof include amine hydrochlorides and the like. These undercoat layer components may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Details of the compound used for the undercoat layer and the method for forming the undercoat layer are described in paragraphs 0171 to 0172 of JP2009-175195A, and these descriptions also apply to the present disclosure.
- the coating amount of the undercoat layer is preferably 2 mg/m 2 to 200 mg/m 2 , and more preferably 5 mg/m 2 to 100 mg/m 2 . When the coating amount is within the above range, sufficient printing durability can be obtained.
- a back coat layer is provided on the back surface of the support of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, if necessary.
- the back coat layer is composed of an organic polymer compound described in JP-A-5-45885 and a metal oxide obtained by hydrolyzing and polycondensing an organic or inorganic metal compound described in JP-A-6-35174.
- a coating layer is preferably used.
- silicon alkoxy compounds such as Si(OCH 3 ) 4 , Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 4 , Si(OC 3 H 7 ) 4 and Si(OC 4 H 9 ) 4 are available at low cost. It is particularly preferable that the coating layer of metal oxide obtained therefrom is excellent in developing resistance.
- the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes an exposure step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, and developing the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor with a developer having a pH of 10.0 or less. The developing process is included in this order.
- each step of the manufacturing method according to the present disclosure will be described in detail.
- the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes an exposure step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure.
- a light source of actinic rays used for image exposure of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure a light source having an emission wavelength in the near infrared to infrared region is preferable, and a solid laser and a semiconductor laser are more preferable.
- the laser output is preferably 100 mW or more, and it is preferable to use a multi-beam laser device in order to shorten the exposure time.
- the exposure time per pixel is preferably within 20 ⁇ sec.
- the energy applied to the lithographic printing plate precursor is preferably 10 mJ/cm 2 to 300 mJ/cm 2 . Within the above range, the solubility of the image recording layer in an alkaline aqueous solution is sufficiently improved, laser ablation is suppressed, and image damage can be prevented.
- the exposure according to the present disclosure can be performed by overlapping the light beams of the light source.
- the overlap means that the sub-scanning pitch width is smaller than the beam diameter.
- the overlap can be quantitatively expressed by FWHM/sub-scanning pitch width (overlap coefficient) when the beam diameter is represented by a beam intensity half width (FWHM). In the present disclosure, this overlap coefficient is preferably 0.1 or more.
- the light source scanning method of the exposure apparatus that can be used in the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and a cylinder outer surface scanning method, a cylinder inner surface scanning method, a flat surface scanning method, or the like can be used.
- the light source channel may be a single channel or a multi-channel, but in the case of the cylindrical outer surface type, the multi-channel is preferably used.
- the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a developing step of developing the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor using a developing solution.
- the developing solution used in the developing step is not particularly limited, but the developing solution is preferably an aqueous solution.
- development may be performed using a developing solution having a pH of more than 10.0.
- development can be performed using a known developing solution such as the developing solutions described in paragraphs 0270 to 0292 of JP-A-2003-1956.
- the developer may contain a surfactant.
- the surfactant used in the developing solution may be any of anionic, nonionic, cationic, and amphoteric surfactants, but as described above, anionic and nonionic surfactants. Agents are preferred.
- anionic, nonionic, cationic, and amphoteric surfactants used in the developer in the present disclosure those described in paragraphs 0128 to 0131 of JP2013-134341A can be used.
- the HLB value of the surfactant is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more.
- the surfactant used in the developer is preferably an anionic surfactant and a nonionic surfactant, and an anionic surfactant containing a sulfonic acid or a sulfonate and a nonionic compound having an aromatic ring and an ethylene oxide chain. Surfactants are especially preferred. The surfactants can be used alone or in combination.
- the content of the surfactant in the developer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass.
- the developing solution used in the developing step is not particularly limited as long as it can be developed, but is preferably a developing solution having a pH of 10.0 or less, more preferably a developing solution having a pH of 8.0 to 10.0. It is particularly preferable that the developer has a pH of 9.0 to pH 9.9. In such a relatively low pH developer, compared with a conventionally used high pH developer having a pH of about 12, for example, a decrease in pH due to dissolution of CO 2 in the atmosphere is suppressed. Easy to be affected. That is, it can be said that the low pH is excellent in stability during use or storage of the developer.
- the decrease in the pH of the developer is suppressed as described above, so that the deterioration of the developability, the generation of development residue, etc. are suppressed. Further, in order to keep the pH of the low pH developer at the initial value, it is also preferable to use the developer as a buffer solution.
- a carbonate buffer system is particularly preferable as the buffer solution.
- the carbonate buffer system refers to a buffer solution containing carbonate ion and hydrogen carbonate ion as a buffering agent.
- a carbonate and a hydrogen carbonate may be added to the developing solution, or the carbonate may be added by adding the carbonate or the hydrogen carbonate and then adjusting the pH. Ions and hydrogen carbonate ions may be generated.
- the carbonate and hydrogen carbonate are not particularly limited, but are preferably alkali metal salts. Examples of the alkali metal include lithium, sodium and potassium, and sodium is particularly preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the total amount of carbonate and hydrogen carbonate is preferably 0.3% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass, and further preferably 1% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the developer. % Is particularly preferred.
- the total amount is 0.3% by mass or more, developability and processing ability are not deteriorated, and when the total amount is 20% by mass or less, it becomes difficult to generate a precipitate or a crystal, and further, when the waste liquid of the developing solution is treated or during neutralization. It does not easily gel and does not interfere with waste liquid treatment.
- alkali agents for example, organic alkali agents may be supplementarily used.
- organic alkaline agent monomethylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, monoisopropylamine, diisopropylamine, triisopropylamine, n-butylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, monoisopropanolamine, Diisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediamine, pyridine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide and the like can be mentioned.
- the developer may contain a wetting agent, a preservative, a chelate compound, a defoaming agent, an organic acid, an organic solvent, an inorganic acid, an inorganic salt and the like.
- a wetting agent e.g., a preservative, a chelate compound, a defoaming agent, an organic acid, an organic solvent, an inorganic acid, an inorganic salt and the like.
- the wetting agent described in paragraph 0141 of JP2013-134341A can be preferably used.
- the wetting agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the wetting agent is preferably used in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the developer.
- the preservative described in paragraph 0142 of JP2013-134341A can be preferably used. It is preferable to use two or more kinds of preservatives together so that they are effective against various molds and sterilizations.
- the addition amount of the preservative is an amount that exerts a stable effect on bacteria, molds, yeasts, etc. and varies depending on the types of bacteria, molds, yeasts, but it is 0 for the total mass of the developer. The range of 0.01% by mass to 4% by mass is preferable.
- the chelate compound described in paragraph 0143 of JP2013-134341A can be preferably used.
- the chelating agent is selected so that it stably exists in the developer composition and does not impair the printability.
- the addition amount is preferably 0.001% by mass to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
- the defoaming agent described in paragraph 0144 of JP2013-134341A can be preferably used.
- the content of the defoaming agent is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
- the defoaming agent described in paragraph 0145 of JP2013-134341A can be preferably used.
- the content of the organic acid is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass based on the total mass of the developer.
- organic solvent examples include aliphatic hydrocarbons (hexane, heptane, “Isopar E, H, G” (manufactured by Esso Chemical Co., Ltd.), gasoline, kerosene, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (toluene, Xylene, etc.), or halogenated hydrocarbons (methylene dichloride, ethylene dichloride, trichlene, monochlorobenzene, etc.), and polar solvents.
- aliphatic hydrocarbons hexane, heptane, “Isopar E, H, G” (manufactured by Esso Chemical Co., Ltd.)
- gasoline kerosene, etc.
- aromatic hydrocarbons toluene, Xylene, etc.
- halogenated hydrocarbons methylene dichloride, ethylene dichloride, trichlene, monochlorobenzene, etc.
- polar solvents examples include alcohols (methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 2-ethoxyethanol, etc.), ketones (methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.), esters (ethyl acetate, methyl lactate, propylene). Glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc.) and others (triethyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, N-phenylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, etc.) and the like.
- the above organic solvent when the above organic solvent is insoluble in water, it can be solubilized in water using a surfactant or the like before use.
- the concentration of the solvent is preferably less than 40% by mass from the viewpoint of safety and flammability.
- the inorganic acid and the inorganic salt phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, ammonium phosphate monobasic, ammonium phosphate dibasic, sodium phosphate monobasic, sodium phosphate dibasic, potassium phosphate monobasic, potassium phosphate dibasic, Examples thereof include sodium tripolyphosphate, potassium pyrophosphate, sodium hexametaphosphate, magnesium nitrate, sodium nitrate, potassium nitrate, ammonium nitrate, sodium sulfate, potassium sulfate, ammonium sulfate, sodium sulfite, ammonium sulfite, sodium hydrogensulfate, and nickel sulfate.
- the content of the inorganic salt is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
- the developing temperature is not particularly limited as long as it can be developed, but it is preferably 60° C. or lower, and more preferably 15° C. to 40° C.
- the developing solution may become fatigued depending on the amount of processing, and therefore the replenishing solution or a fresh developing solution may be used to recover the processing ability.
- Examples of the development and the treatment after the development include a method of performing alkali development, removing alkali in the post-water washing step, performing gum treatment in the gumming step, and drying in the drying step.
- a method of simultaneously performing pre-washing, developing and gumming can be preferably exemplified by using an aqueous solution containing carbonate ion, hydrogen carbonate ion and a surfactant. Therefore, the pre-water washing step does not have to be particularly performed, and it is preferable to perform the pre-water washing, the development and the gumming in one bath only after using one solution, and then to perform the drying step. After development, it is preferable to remove excess developer using a squeeze roller or the like and then perform drying.
- Development process can be suitably carried out by an automatic processor equipped with a rubbing member.
- the automatic processor for example, the automatic processor described in JP-A-2-220061 and JP-A-60-59351, which performs rubbing treatment while conveying the lithographic printing plate precursor after image exposure, and a cylinder
- the lithographic printing plate precursor after image exposure set on the above is subjected to a rubbing treatment while rotating a cylinder
- the automatic processor described in each specification of US Pat. Nos. 5,148,746, 5,568,768 and British Patent 2,297,719 is Can be mentioned.
- an automatic processor using a rotating brush roll as the rubbing member is particularly preferable.
- the rotating brush roll used in the present disclosure can be appropriately selected in consideration of the scratch resistance of the image area and the stiffness of the support of the lithographic printing plate precursor.
- a known roll formed by planting a brush material on a plastic or metal roll can be used.
- metal and plastic in which brush materials are implanted in a row as described in JP-A-58-159533 and JP-A-3-100554, and JP-B-62-167253. It is possible to use a brush roll in which the groove-shaped material is wound around a plastic or metal roll serving as a core in a radial pattern without a gap.
- the brush material examples include plastic fibers (for example, polyester-based materials such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutylene terephthalate, polyamide-based materials such as nylon 6.6 and nylon 6.10, polyacryl-based materials such as polyacrylonitrile and poly(meth)acrylate).
- plastic fibers for example, polyester-based materials such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutylene terephthalate, polyamide-based materials such as nylon 6.6 and nylon 6.10, polyacryl-based materials such as polyacrylonitrile and poly(meth)acrylate.
- Polyolefin synthetic fibers such as polypropylene and polystyrene
- fibers having a hair diameter of 20 ⁇ m to 400 ⁇ m and a hair length of 5 mm to 30 mm can be preferably used.
- the outer diameter of the rotating brush roll is preferably 30 mm to 200 mm, and the peripheral speed of the tip of the brush rubbing the plate surface is preferably 0.1 m/sec to 5 m/sec. It
- the rotating brush roll may rotate in the same direction or in the opposite direction to the conveying direction of the lithographic printing plate precursor, but when two or more rotating brush rolls are used, at least one rotating brush roll is used. It is preferable that the rotating brush rolls of 1 rotate in the same direction and at least one rotating brush roll rotate in the opposite direction. This further ensures removal of the image recording layer in the non-image area. Further, it is also effective to swing the rotating brush roll in the rotation axis direction of the brush roll.
- a drying step continuously or discontinuously. Drying is performed with hot air, infrared rays, far infrared rays, or the like.
- an automatic processor preferably used in the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure, an apparatus having a developing unit and a drying unit is used, and the lithographic printing plate precursor is developed and gummed in a developing tank. And then dried in the drying section to obtain a lithographic printing plate.
- the printing plate after development may be heated under extremely strong conditions for the purpose of improving printing durability.
- the heating temperature is preferably in the range of 200°C to 500°C. If the temperature is low, a sufficient image strengthening effect cannot be obtained, and if it is too high, problems such as deterioration of the support and thermal decomposition of the image area may occur.
- the lithographic printing plate thus obtained is set on an offset printing machine and is suitably used for printing a large number of sheets.
- the molecular weight is a weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the ratio of the constituent units is a molar percentage, except for those specifically specified.
- Mw weight average molecular weight
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a value measured as a polystyrene conversion value by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.
- undercoat layer coating solution 1 shown below was applied onto the support and dried at 80° C. for 15 seconds to form an undercoat layer.
- the coating amount after drying was 15 mg/m 2 .
- the support having an undercoat layer thus obtained was coated with a composition for forming an image recording layer underlayer having the following composition using a wire bar and then dried in a drying oven at 150° C. for 40 seconds to give a coating amount of 1.0 g. /M 2 so that the lower layer of the image recording layer was provided.
- the composition for forming the upper layer of the image recording layer having the following composition was applied with a wire bar to provide the upper layer of the image recording layer. After coating, it was dried at 150° C.
- Example 35 the amount of the polymer A used was changed to 4.5 parts, the amount of the lower layer of the image recording layer was 1.2 g/m 2, and the lower layer of the image recording layer and the upper layer of the image recording layer were changed.
- the image recording layer lower layer and the image recording layer upper layer were formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the combined coating amount was 2.2 g/m 2 .
- Example 36 the amount of the polymer B used was changed to 1.0 part, and the amount of the image recording layer upper layer formed was 0.3 g/m 2 , and the image recording layer lower layer and the image recording layer upper layer were formed.
- the image recording layer lower layer and the image recording layer upper layer were formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the combined coating amount was 0.5 g/m 2 .
- ⁇ Aging developability> After preparing the planographic printing plate precursor, it was left at 45° C. for 24 hours.
- the lithographic printing plate precursor after being left standing was image-wise drawn with a Trendsetter VX manufactured by Creo at a beam intensity of 9 W and a drum rotation speed of 150 rpm (revolutions per minute). Then, it was immersed in a developing bath charged with the developer 1 having the following composition, and the time required for developing the non-image area was measured at a developing temperature of 30°C.
- the immersion time at which the image density of the image recording layer measured with a Macbeth densitometer became equivalent to the image density of the support was defined as the non-image area development time, and the measured values (seconds) are shown in the table.
- the image density of the image recording layer was not equal to the image density of the support at 30 seconds after the immersion, it was described as "undevelopable". The shorter the non-image area development time, the better the developability.
- a transparent polyethylene terephthalate film (manufactured by FUJIFILM Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.1 mm was brought into close contact with the surface of the obtained lithographic printing plate precursor, and the entire surface was exposed under the same conditions as in the evaluation of the developability. did. After the exposure, the polyethylene terephthalate film was removed and visually observed to observe the degree of surface contamination. The case where no stain was observed was A, the case where a little stain was observed was B, and the case where it was stained to the extent that it could not be seen through the other side of the film was judged as C. It can be said that the less the stain is, the more excellent the abrasion resistance is. Therefore, the evaluation is preferably A or B, and more preferably A.
- the lithographic printing plate precursor after being left standing was image-wise drawn with a Trendsetter manufactured by Creo at a beam intensity of 9 W and a drum rotation speed of 150 rpm (revolutions per minute). Then, using a PS processor LP940H manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd. charged with the developing solution 1, development was performed at a developing temperature of 30° C. and a developing time of the non-image area developing time+2 seconds. This was continuously printed using a printing machine Lithrone manufactured by Komori Corporation. As the ink, as a model of low-grade material, Tokushu Ink Co., Ltd. special ink ink containing calcium carbonate was used. At this time, the printing durability was evaluated by visually observing how many sheets can be printed while maintaining a sufficient ink density. The number of sheets in Comparative Example 2 was set to 100, and relative evaluation was performed by the number of sheets.
- the lithographic printing plate precursor after being left standing is immersed in a developing bath containing the developing solution 1 without being exposed to light, and the image density of the image recording layer measured by a Macbeth densitometer at a developing temperature of 30° C. is before immersion.
- the immersion time at which the image density of the image recording layer was lower than that of the image recording layer by 3% was defined as the image part holding time (second). The longer the image area development time, the better the image area retention.
- the columns of the constitutional unit ratio of the polymer A in Examples 1 to 52 and Comparative Examples 1, 2 and 4 are (amount ratio of constitutional units having a —SO 2 —NH— structure)/(amount of other constitutional units). Ratio).
- the constitutional unit ratios of SA-C2 shown below are listed in order from the constitutional unit on the left side.
- SA-C2 shown below was used as the polymer A in the upper layer of the image recording layer.
- the amounts of the polymer B and the other polymers used in Tables 1 to 3 are the mass proportions of the polymer B and the other polymers in the upper layer of the image recording layer in a total amount of 100 mass %.
- SA-C1 Polymer having the constitutional units shown below in the mass ratio shown in Table 1, was synthesized by the same method as the method described in the example of WO 2014/003134.
- M-1 Structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate (structural unit shown below)
- M-2 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (EHMA)-derived constitutional unit (constitutional unit shown below)
- M-3 Structural unit derived from benzyl methacrylate (BnMA) (structural unit shown below)
- M-4 Structural unit derived from 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (the structural unit shown below)
- M-5 Structural unit derived from N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)methacrylamide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (structural unit shown below)
- M-6 2-hydroxy-5-methacrylamidobenzoic acid (manufactured by Aldrich)-derived constitutional unit (constitutional unit shown below)
- M-7 Structural unit derived from a 1/1 (molar ratio) reaction product of Karens MOI (2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate, Showa
- IR-1 to IR-3 Infrared absorber, the following compounds
- IR-4 IR 783 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., the following compound)
- IR-5 Compound described in Paragraph 0083 of Japanese Patent No. 6189838 (the following compound)
- IR-6 2,4-bis[4-(diethylamino)-2-hydroxyphenyl] squaraine (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., the following compound)
- IR-7 2,4-bis[8-hydroxy-1,1,7,7-tetramethyljulolidin-9-yl] squaraine (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., the following compound)
- IR-8 NK1841 (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., the following compound)
- IR-9 IR-820 (manufactured by Aldrich, compound below)
- IR-10 Indomonocarbocyanine sodium (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., the following compound)
- the lithographic printing plate precursors of Examples 1 to 52 which are lithographic printing plate precursors according to the present disclosure, were compared with the lithographic printing plate precursors of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 after storage with time. Even if it exists, it has excellent developability and printing durability. Further, it can be seen that the lithographic printing plate precursors of Examples 1 to 52, which are lithographic printing plate precursors according to the present disclosure, are excellent in ablation suppression property, temporal image area retention property, and temporal development debris suppression property.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Architecture (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本開示は、平版印刷版原版、及び、平版印刷版の作製方法に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a planographic printing plate precursor and a method for producing a planographic printing plate.
一般に平版印刷版は、印刷過程でインキを受容する親油性の画像部と湿し水を受容する親水性の非画像部とからなる。
平版印刷は、水と油性インキとが互いに反発する性質を利用して、平版印刷版の親油性の画像部をインキ受容部、親水性の非画像部を湿し水受容部(インキ非受容部)として、平版印刷版の表面にインキの付着性の差異を生じさせ、画像部のみにインキを着肉させた後、紙等の被印刷体にインキを転写して印刷する方法である。
現在、平版印刷版原版から平版印刷版を作製する製版工程においては、CTP(コンピュータトゥプレート)技術による画像露光が行われている。即ち、画像露光は、レーザーやレーザーダイオードを用いて、リスフィルムを介することなく、直接平版印刷版原版に走査露光などにより行われる。
従来の平版印刷版原版としては、例えば、特許文献1~3に記載されたものが知られている。また、従来の平版印刷版原版及び現像液組成物としては、例えば、特許文献4に記載されたものが知られている。
Generally, a lithographic printing plate consists of a lipophilic image area that receives ink during the printing process and a hydrophilic non-image area that receives fountain solution.
Lithographic printing utilizes the property that water and oil-based ink repel each other, making the lipophilic image part of the lithographic printing plate the ink receiving part and the hydrophilic non-image part dampening water receiving part (ink non-receiving part). ) Is a method in which a difference in ink adhesion is caused on the surface of the lithographic printing plate, the ink is applied only to the image area, and then the ink is transferred to a printing medium such as paper for printing.
Currently, in a plate making process for producing a lithographic printing plate from a lithographic printing plate precursor, image exposure is performed by a CTP (computer to plate) technique. That is, the image exposure is performed by using a laser or a laser diode by directly scanning the lithographic printing plate precursor without using a lith film.
Known lithographic printing plate precursors include those described in Patent Documents 1 to 3, for example. Further, as the conventional lithographic printing plate precursor and developer composition, for example, those described in Patent Document 4 are known.
特許文献1には、支持体上に、樹脂及び赤外線吸収剤を含み、赤外レーザ露光によりアルカリ水溶液に対する溶解性が増大するポジ型記録層を少なくとも2層以上有し、該2層以上のポジ型記録層のうち支持体に最も近接するポジ型記録層は、下記一般式(I)で表される構造単位及び下記一般式(II)で表される構造単位から選択される1種以上を有するポリマーを含む2種以上の樹脂を含有する層であり、且つ、該2種以上の樹脂のうち少なくとも1種は層中で分散相を形成し、分散相を形成する樹脂のアルカリ水溶液に対する溶解速度が、マトリックス相を形成する樹脂のアルカリ水溶液に対する溶解速度よりも遅いことを特徴とする平版印刷版原版が記載されている。 Patent Document 1 discloses that at least two positive recording layers containing a resin and an infrared absorber and having an increased solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution by infrared laser exposure are provided on a support. Among the positive recording layers, the positive recording layer closest to the support has at least one selected from the structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (II). A layer containing two or more kinds of resins containing a polymer, and at least one of the two or more kinds of resins forms a dispersed phase in the layer, and the resin forming the dispersed phase dissolves in an alkaline aqueous solution. A lithographic printing plate precursor is described which is characterized in that the speed is slower than the dissolution rate of a resin forming a matrix phase in an aqueous alkali solution.
上記一般式(I)及び一般式(II)中、R1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。Zは-O-又は-NR2を表し、ここでR2は、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。Ar1及びAr2はそれぞれ独立に、芳香族基を表し、少なくとも一方はヘテロ芳香族基である。a及びbそれぞれ独立に0又は1を表す。 In the general formula (I) and the general formula (II), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Z represents —O— or —NR 2 , and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, and at least one is a heteroaromatic group. a and b each independently represent 0 or 1.
特許文献2には、表面粗さ(Ra)が0.45~0.60である親水性支持体上に、下記一般式(I)で表される構造単位及び下記一般式(II)で表される構造単位から選択される1種以上を有するポリマーと、フェノール樹脂と、赤外線吸収剤とを含む記録層を備える平版印刷版原版が記載されている。 In Patent Document 2, a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and a general formula (II) below are provided on a hydrophilic support having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.45 to 0.60. There is described a lithographic printing plate precursor comprising a recording layer containing a polymer having at least one selected from the structural units described above, a phenol resin, and an infrared absorber.
上記一般式(I)及び一般式(II)中、R1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。Zは-O-又は-NR2を表し、ここでR2は、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。Ar1及びAr2はそれぞれ独立に、芳香族基を表し、少なくとも一方はヘテロ芳香族基である。a及びbそれぞれ独立に0又は1を表す。 In the general formula (I) and the general formula (II), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Z represents —O— or —NR 2 , and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, and at least one is a heteroaromatic group. a and b each independently represent 0 or 1.
特許文献3には、親水性表面を有する支持体又は親水性層が設けられた支持体と、赤外線吸収剤、フェノール樹脂及び第1のポリマーを含む感熱性コーティングとを有し、第1のポリマーが、下記formula I又はformula IIで表される構造を有するモノマー単位を含むアルカリ可溶性ポリマーである感熱性ポジ型平版印刷版原版が記載されている。 Patent Document 3 has a support having a hydrophilic surface or a support provided with a hydrophilic layer, and a heat-sensitive coating containing an infrared absorber, a phenol resin, and a first polymer, and a first polymer. , A heat-sensitive positive lithographic printing plate precursor which is an alkali-soluble polymer containing a monomer unit having a structure represented by formula I or formula II below.
上記formula I及びformula II中、*は、ポリマー主鎖中のモノマー単位の結合部位を示し;R1は水素又はアルキル基であり;Zは酸素又はNR2を表し;a及びbはそれぞれ独立に、0又は1であり;R2は、水素又は置換されていてもよいアルキル、アルケニル又はアルキニル基であり;Ar1及びAr2は、芳香族基であり、但し、Ar1及びAr2の少なくとも1つは、必要に応じて置換されたヘテロ芳香族基である。 In the above formula I and formula II, * indicates a binding site of the monomer unit in the polymer main chain; R 1 is hydrogen or an alkyl group; Z is oxygen or NR 2 ; , 0 or 1; R 2 is hydrogen or an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group; Ar 1 and Ar 2 are aromatic groups, provided that at least Ar 1 and Ar 2 are One is an optionally substituted heteroaromatic group.
特許文献4には、(A)アルカリ剤、(B)下記一般式(I)で表される化合物、(C)元素の周期律表の第2族元素の金属塩、及び(D)カルボン酸又はその塩を有するポリマーを含んで成る、平版印刷版作製用のアルカリ現像液組成物が記載されている。 Patent Document 4 discloses (A) an alkaline agent, (B) a compound represented by the following general formula (I), a metal salt of a Group 2 element of the periodic table of the (C) element, and a (D) carboxylic acid. Alternatively, an alkaline developer composition for preparing a lithographic printing plate is described, which comprises a polymer having a salt thereof.
[上式中、R1~R4は、各々独立してH、R8OH、又は-(AO)a(BO)bR9を表し、AO、BOはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基から選ばれる。ここでa、bは0から300までの整数を表すが、(a+b)≠0である。R8は2価の連結基を表し、R9はH、CH3、COR10、CONHR11を表し、R10及びR11はアルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基又はアルキニル基を表す。R5、R6は各々独立に2価の連結基を表し、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。R7は、上記R1~R4において規定する基から選択することができ、又は下記一般式(II) [In the above formula, R 1 to R 4 each independently represent H, R 8 OH, or —(AO) a (BO) b R 9 ; AO and BO are selected from an ethyleneoxy group and a propyleneoxy group. Be done. Here, a and b represent integers from 0 to 300, but (a+b)≠0. R 8 represents a divalent linking group, R 9 represents H, CH 3 , COR 10 , CONHR 11 , and R 10 and R 11 represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group. R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a divalent linking group, and may be the same or different. R 7 can be selected from the groups defined for R 1 to R 4 above, or can be the following general formula (II)
式中、R3’は式(I)に規定したR3と同じであり、R4’は式(I)に規定したR4と同じであり、R5’は式(I)に規定したR5と同じであり、R6’は式(I)に規定したR6と同じであり、R7’は式(I)に規定したR7と同じである。)で表される置換基群から選択することができる。式(I)及び(II)中のnは0~20の整数を表し、nが2以上の場合、R7、R7’は、それぞれ独立して選択することができる。 In the formula, R 3 ′ is the same as R 3 defined in formula (I), R 4 ′ is the same as R 4 defined in formula (I), and R 5 ′ is defined in formula (I). R 6 is the same as R 5 , R 6 ′ is the same as R 6 defined in formula (I), and R 7 ′ is the same as R 7 defined in formula (I). ) Can be selected from the substituent group. In formulas (I) and (II), n represents an integer of 0 to 20, and when n is 2 or more, R 7 and R 7 ′ can be independently selected.
特許文献1: 特開2009-175195号公報
特許文献2: 特開2009-251107号公報
特許文献3: 国際公開第2007/099047号
特許文献4: 国際公開第2014/003134号
Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-175195 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-251107 Patent Document 3: International Publication No. 2007/099047 Patent Document 4: International Publication No. 2014/003134
本開示の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、経時保管後であっても現像性及び耐刷性に優れる平版印刷版原版を提供することである。
本開示の他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、上記平版印刷版原版を用いた平版印刷版の作製方法を提供することである。
The problem to be solved by the embodiments of the present disclosure is to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor excellent in developability and printing durability even after storage with time.
A problem to be solved by another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for producing a planographic printing plate using the planographic printing plate precursor.
上記課題を解決するための手段には、以下の態様が含まれる。
<1> 支持体、画像記録層下層、及び、画像記録層上層をこの順に有し、
上記画像記録層下層が、pKaが10未満の-SO2-NH-構造を有する構成単位を有するポリマーAを含有し、
上記画像記録層上層が、pKaが10未満の酸基を有する構成単位を有するポリマーBと、赤外線吸収剤と、を含有し、
上記ポリマーBの含有量が、上記画像記録層上層に含まれるポリマーの全質量に対し、30質量%以上である、 平版印刷版原版。
<2> 上記ポリマーAにおける上記-SO2-NH-構造が、下記式1~式3のいずれかで表される構造である、<1>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
<1> A support, an image recording layer lower layer, and an image recording layer upper layer are provided in this order,
The lower layer of the image recording layer contains a polymer A having a structural unit having a —SO 2 —NH— structure with a pKa of less than 10,
The image recording layer upper layer contains a polymer B having a structural unit having an acid group having a pKa of less than 10, and an infrared absorber,
A planographic printing plate precursor in which the content of the polymer B is 30% by mass or more based on the total mass of the polymer contained in the upper layer of the image recording layer.
<2> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <1>, wherein the —SO 2 —NH— structure in the polymer A is a structure represented by any one of the following formulas 1 to 3.
式1~式3中、Ar1は、アリーレン基を表し、Ar2は、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、R1は、1価の有機基を表し、*は、他の構造との結合部分を表す。 In Formulas 1 to 3, Ar 1 represents an arylene group, Ar 2 represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R 1 represents a monovalent organic group, and * represents a bond with another structure. Represents a part.
<3> 上記ポリマーAにおける上記-SO2-NH-構造が、上記式1で表される構造である、上記<2>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
<4> 上記式1における上記Ar1が、フェニレン構造を有する基であり、上記Ar2が、ヘテロアリール基である、上記<3>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
<5> 上記式1における上記Ar1が、フェニレン構造を有する基であり、前記Ar2が、フラン環、イソチアゾリン環、イソキサゾリン環、オキサジアゾリン環、オキサトリアジン環、オキサゾリン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、テトラジン環、チアジアゾール環、チアトリアゾール環、チアゾール環、チオフェン環及びトリアジン環よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の複素芳香環構造を有するヘテロアリール基である、上記<3>又は<4>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
<6> 上記式1における上記Ar1が、フェニレン構造を有する基であり、前記Ar2が、イソキサゾリン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、チアジアゾール環及びチアゾール環よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の複素芳香環構造を有するヘテロアリール基である、上記<3>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版。
<7> 上記ポリマーBにおける上記酸基が、カルボキシ基である、上記<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版。
<8> 上記画像記録層下層における上記ポリマーBが、塩基基を有する構成単位を更に有する、上記<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版。
<9> 上記ポリマーBにおける上記塩基基が、第三級アミノ基である、上記<8>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
<10> 上記ポリマーAにおける上記-SO2-NH-構造のpKaが、3.5以上8.5以下である、上記<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版。
<11> 上記ポリマーBにおける上記酸基のpKaが、3.0以上7.0以下である、上記<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版。
<12> 上記<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の平版印刷版原版を画像露光する露光工程、及び、露光された上記平版印刷版原版を、現像液を用いて現像する現像工程、をこの順で含む、平版印刷版の作製方法。
<13> 上記現像液のpHが10.0以下である、上記<12>に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
<3> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <2> above, wherein the —SO 2 —NH— structure in the polymer A is a structure represented by the formula 1.
<4> above Ar 1 in the formula 1 is a group having a phenylene structure, said Ar 2 is a heteroaryl group, a lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <3>.
<5> the Ar 1 in the formula 1 is a group having a phenylene structure, wherein Ar 2 is a furan ring, isothiazoline ring, isoxazoline ring, oxadiazoline ring, oxa triazine ring, an oxazoline ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine A heteroaryl group having at least one heteroaromatic ring structure selected from the group consisting of a ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a tetrazine ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiatriazole ring, a thiazole ring, a thiophene ring and a triazine ring, The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <3> or <4>.
<6> above Ar 1 in the formula 1 is a group having a phenylene structure, wherein Ar 2 is isoxazoline ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, at least one selected from the group consisting of thiadiazole ring and a thiazole ring The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of the above items <3> to <5>, which is a heteroaryl group having a heteroaromatic ring structure.
<7> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of the above items <1> to <6>, wherein the acid group in the polymer B is a carboxy group.
<8> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the polymer B in the lower layer of the image recording layer further has a structural unit having a basic group.
<9> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <8> above, wherein the basic group in the polymer B is a tertiary amino group.
<10> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the polymer A has a pKa of the —SO 2 —NH— structure of 3.5 or more and 8.5 or less. ..
<11> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the acid group in the polymer B has a pKa of 3.0 or more and 7.0 or less.
<12> An exposure step of exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of the above <1> to <11> to an image, and development of developing the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor with a developing solution. A method for producing a lithographic printing plate, comprising steps in this order.
<13> The method for producing a lithographic printing plate as described in <12>, wherein the developer has a pH of 10.0 or less.
本開示の実施形態によれば、経時保管後であっても現像性及び耐刷性に優れる平版印刷版原版を提供することができる。
また、本開示の他の実施形態によれば、上記平版印刷版原版を用いた平版印刷版の作製方法を提供することができる。
According to the embodiment of the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor having excellent developability and printing durability even after storage with time.
Further, according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a method for producing a lithographic printing plate using the lithographic printing plate precursor.
以下において、本開示の内容について詳細に説明する。以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本開示の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本開示はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
なお、本開示において、数値範囲を示す「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
本開示中に段階的に記載されている数値範囲において、一つの数値範囲で記載された上限値又は下限値は、他の段階的な記載の数値範囲の上限値又は下限値に置き換えてもよい。また、本開示中に記載されている数値範囲において、その数値範囲の上限値又は下限値は、実施例に示されている値に置き換えてもよい。
更に、本開示において組成物中の各成分の量は、組成物中に各成分に該当する物質が複数存在する場合、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する該当する複数の物質の合計量を意味する。
また、本開示における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
本開示において、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリル及びメタクリルの両方を包含する概念で用いられる語であり、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの両方を包含する概念として用いられる語である。
また、本開示において、式で表される化合物における基の表記に関して、置換又は無置換を記していない場合、その基が更に置換基を有することが可能な場合には、他に特に規定がない限り、その基は、無置換の基のみならず、置換基を有する基も包含する。例えば、式において、「Rはアルキル基、アリール基又は複素環基を表す」との記載があれば、「Rは無置換アルキル基、置換アルキル基、無置換アリール基、置換アリール基、無置換複素環基又は置換複素環基を表す」ことを意味する。
また、本開示中の「工程」の用語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても、その工程の所期の目的が達成されれば本用語に含まれる。
また、本開示において、「質量%」と「重量%」とは同義であり、「質量部」と「重量部」とは同義である。
更に、本開示において、2以上の好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
また、本開示における重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に断りのない限り、TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(何れも東ソー(株)製の商品名)のカラムを使用したゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)分析装置により、溶媒THF(テトラヒドロフラン)、示差屈折計により検出し、標準物質としてポリスチレンを用いて換算した分子量である。
本開示において、全固形分量とは、組成物における溶剤等の揮発性成分を除いた成分の全質量をいう。
本開示において、「平版印刷版原版」の用語は、平版印刷版原版だけでなく、捨て版原版を包含する。また、「平版印刷版」の用語は、平版印刷版原版を、必要により、露光、現像などの操作を経て作製された平版印刷版だけでなく、捨て版を包含する。捨て版原版の場合には、必ずしも、露光、現像の操作は必要ない。なお、捨て版とは、例えばカラーの新聞印刷において一部の紙面を単色又は2色で印刷を行う場合に、使用しない版胴に取り付けるための平版印刷版原版である。
The details of the present disclosure will be described below. The description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on a representative embodiment of the present disclosure, but the present disclosure is not limited to such an embodiment.
In the present disclosure, “to” indicating a numerical range is used to mean that numerical values described before and after the numerical range are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
In the numerical ranges described stepwise in the present disclosure, the upper limit value or the lower limit value described in one numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit value or the lower limit value of another stepwise described numerical range. .. Further, in the numerical range described in the present disclosure, the upper limit value or the lower limit value of the numerical range may be replaced with the value shown in the examples.
Further, in the present disclosure, the amount of each component in the composition is the total amount of the corresponding substances present in the composition, unless a plurality of substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition. Means
In addition, in the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present disclosure, the notation that does not indicate substituted and unsubstituted includes not only those having no substituent but also those having a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present disclosure, “(meth)acryl” is a term used as a concept including both acryl and methacryl, and “(meth)acryloyl” is a term used as a concept including both acryloyl and methacryloyl. is there.
Further, in the present disclosure, with respect to the notation of the group in the compound represented by the formula, when substitution or non-substitution is not mentioned, and when the group can further have a substituent, there is no other particular limitation. As long as the group includes not only an unsubstituted group but also a group having a substituent. For example, in the formula, if “R represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group” is described, “R represents an unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted aryl group, an unsubstituted group. "Represents a heterocyclic group or a substituted heterocyclic group".
In addition, the term “process” in the present disclosure is included in the term not only as an independent process but also when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved. Be done.
Moreover, in this indication, "mass %" and "weight%" are synonymous, and "mass part" and "weight part" are synonymous.
Furthermore, in the present disclosure, a combination of two or more preferable aspects is a more preferable aspect.
In addition, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present disclosure are columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (both manufactured by Tosoh Corp.) unless otherwise specified. The gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer was used to detect the solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) with a differential refractometer, and the molecular weight was calculated using polystyrene as a standard substance.
In the present disclosure, the total solid content refers to the total mass of components in the composition excluding volatile components such as a solvent.
In the present disclosure, the term “lithographic printing plate precursor” includes not only the lithographic printing plate precursor but also the discarded plate precursor. In addition, the term "lithographic printing plate" includes not only a lithographic printing plate precursor prepared through an operation such as exposure and development, but also a discarding plate, if necessary. In the case of a waste original plate, the operations of exposure and development are not always necessary. The waste plate is a lithographic printing plate precursor to be attached to a plate cylinder that is not used, for example, when printing a part of the paper surface in monochrome or two colors in color newspaper printing.
本開示において、「主鎖」とは樹脂を構成する高分子化合物の分子中で相対的に最も長い結合鎖を表し、「側鎖」とは主鎖から枝分かれしている原子団を表す。
本開示において、酸基を側鎖に有するとは、酸基が直接主鎖に結合した態様も含むものとする。すなわち、例えばカルボキシ基(-C(=O)OH)が主鎖に直接結合する場合など、酸基が側基(side group, pendant group)である場合も、酸基を側鎖に有する態様に含まれる。
以下、本開示を詳細に説明する。
In the present disclosure, the “main chain” represents the relatively longest binding chain in the molecule of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and the “side chain” represents an atomic group branched from the main chain.
In the present disclosure, having an acid group in a side chain includes a mode in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain. That is, even when the acid group is a side group (pendant group), such as a case where a carboxy group (—C(═O)OH) is directly bonded to the main chain, a mode having an acid group in the side chain is used. included.
Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail.
(平版印刷版原版)
本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、支持体、画像記録層下層及び画像記録層上層をこの順に有し、上記画像記録層下層が、pKaが10未満の-SO2-NH-構造を有する構成単位を有するポリマーAを含有し、上記画像記録層上層が、pKaが10未満の酸基を有する構成単位を有するポリマーBと、赤外線吸収剤と、を含有し、上記ポリマーBの含有量が、上記画像記録層上層に含まれるポリマーの全質量に対し、30質量%以上である。
また、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、ポジ型平版印刷版原版であることが好ましく、サーマルポジ型平版印刷版原版であることがより好ましい。
本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、上記構成を採用することにより、経時保管後であっても現像性及び耐刷性に優れる。上記効果が得られる詳細なメカニズムは不明であるが、以下のように推測される。
(Lithographic printing plate original)
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has a support, an image recording layer lower layer and an image recording layer upper layer in this order, and the image recording layer lower layer has a —SO 2 —NH— structure having a pKa of less than 10. The polymer A having a unit, the image recording layer upper layer contains a polymer B having a structural unit having an acid group having a pKa of less than 10, and an infrared absorber, and the content of the polymer B is It is 30% by mass or more based on the total mass of the polymer contained in the upper layer of the image recording layer.
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is preferably a positive lithographic printing plate precursor, and more preferably a thermal positive lithographic printing plate precursor.
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has excellent developability and printing durability even after storage with time by adopting the above configuration. Although the detailed mechanism by which the above effects are obtained is unknown, it is presumed as follows.
平版印刷版原版の画像記録層において、画像記録層下層に、低pKaである-SO2-NH-構造を構成単位として有するポリマーを含ませ、画像記録層上層に、低pKaである酸基を有する構成単位を有するポリマーと、赤外線吸収剤とを含むことにより、画像記録層上層及び下層はそれぞれ低pKaである基を有するポリマーを含むため、赤外線吸収剤の拡散が抑制され、画像記録層上層に留まるので、経時保管後に平版印刷版を現像した場合であっても、現像性(以下、「経時現像性」ともいう。)に優れると推定される。
また、画像記録層上層又は下層に含まれるポリマーA及びポリマーBは、それぞれ-SO2-NH-構造、又は、酸基を有するため、水素結合をより多く形成し、また、上記赤外線吸収剤の拡散が抑制されるため、経時保管後であっても耐刷性(以下、「経時耐刷性」ともいう。)にも優れると推定される。
In the image recording layer of the planographic printing plate precursor, the lower layer of the image recording layer contains a polymer having a low pKa —SO 2 —NH— structure as a constitutional unit, and the upper layer of the image recording layer contains an acid group having a low pKa. By including the polymer having the constitutional unit having and the infrared absorbing agent, the upper layer and the lower layer of the image recording layer each include a polymer having a group having a low pKa, so that the diffusion of the infrared absorbing agent is suppressed and the upper layer of the image recording layer is suppressed. Therefore, even when the planographic printing plate is developed after storage with time, it is presumed that it has excellent developability (hereinafter, also referred to as “development with time”).
Further, since the polymer A and the polymer B contained in the upper layer or the lower layer of the image recording layer each have a —SO 2 —NH— structure or an acid group, more hydrogen bonds are formed, and the above-mentioned infrared absorbing agent Since the diffusion is suppressed, it is presumed that the printing durability (hereinafter also referred to as “aging printing durability”) is excellent even after storage with time.
更に、画像記録層上層又は下層に含まれるポリマーA及びポリマーBは、極性が高いため、現像カスが発生しにくく経時保管後であっても現像カス抑制性(以下、「経時現像カス抑制性」ともいう。)に優れやすいと推定される。
画像記録層上層又は下層に含まれるポリマーA及びポリマーBは、それぞれ-SO2-NH-構造、又は、酸基を有するため、水素結合をより多く形成し、また、上記赤外線吸収剤の拡散が抑制されるため、アブレーション抑制性にも優れやすいと推定される。また、同様の理由から現像液に対して耐久性の高い画像記録層となるため、経時保管後であっても画像部保持性(以下、「経時画像部保持性」ともいう。)にも優れやすいと推定される。
以下、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版に含まれる各構成要件の詳細について説明する。
Further, since the polymer A and the polymer B contained in the upper layer or the lower layer of the image recording layer have high polarity, they are less likely to generate development debris and have a property of suppressing development debris even after storage with time (hereinafter, "deterioration property of development debris"). It is presumed that it is easy to excel.
Since the polymer A and the polymer B contained in the upper layer or the lower layer of the image recording layer each have a —SO 2 —NH— structure or an acid group, more hydrogen bonds are formed, and the diffusion of the infrared absorber is prevented. Since it is suppressed, it is presumed that the ablation suppression property is also excellent. Further, for the same reason, since the image recording layer has high durability against a developing solution, it has excellent image part retention (hereinafter, also referred to as “aged image part retention”) even after storage with time. Estimated to be easy.
Hereinafter, details of each constituent element included in the planographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure will be described.
<画像記録層下層>
本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、支持体、画像記録層下層(単に「下層」ともいう。)、及び、画像記録層上層をこの順に有し、上記画像記録層下層が、pKaが10未満の-SO2-NH-構造を有する構成単位を有するポリマーAを含有する。
<Image recording layer lower layer>
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has a support, an image recording layer lower layer (also simply referred to as “lower layer”), and an image recording layer upper layer in this order, and the image recording layer lower layer has a pKa of less than 10. Polymer A having a structural unit having a —SO 2 —NH— structure of
〔ポリマーA〕
本開示における画像記録層下層は、pKaが10未満の-SO2-NH-構造を有する構成単位を有するポリマーAを含有する。
[Polymer A]
The lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure contains the polymer A having a structural unit having a —SO 2 —NH— structure with a pKa of less than 10.
<<-SO2-NH-構造のpKa>>
-SO2-NH-構造のpKaは、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、3.5以上8.5以下であることが好ましく、4.0以上7.5以下であることがより好ましく、4.5以上7.0以下であることが更に好ましく、4.0以上7.0以下であることが特に好ましい。
本開示におけるpKaは、Advanced Chemistry Development社製ACD/Labs software Ver 8.0 for Microsoft windowsのACD/pKa DB ver 8.07を使用して計算するものとする。
-SO2-NH-構造のpKaは、-SO2-NH-構造における水素原子のpKaであることが好ましい。また、ポリマーAにおいて、pKaの最も小さい値を示す構造は、-SO2-NH-構造であることが好ましい。
<<pKa of --SO 2 --NH-- structure>>
The pKa of the —SO 2 —NH— structure is preferably 3.5 or more and 8.5 or less from the viewpoints of the developability over time, the development debris suppression property over time, the image area retention property over time, and the printing durability over time. It is more preferably 4.0 or more and 7.5 or less, still more preferably 4.5 or more and 7.0 or less, and particularly preferably 4.0 or more and 7.0 or less.
The pKa in the present disclosure shall be calculated using ACD/Labs software Ver 8.0 for Microsoft windows ACD/pKa DB ver 8.07 manufactured by Advanced Chemistry Development.
PKa of -SO 2 -NH- structure is preferably a pKa of hydrogen atoms in the -SO 2 -NH- structure. Further, in the polymer A, the structure exhibiting the smallest pKa value is preferably a —SO 2 —NH— structure.
ポリマーAは、付加重合型樹脂であっても、重縮合樹脂であってもよいが、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、アクリル樹脂、ポリウレア樹脂又はポリウレタン樹脂であることが好ましく、アクリル樹脂又はポリウレタン樹脂であることがより好ましく、アクリル樹脂であることが特に好ましい。
アクリル樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル化合物により形成される構成単位((メタ)アクリル化合物由来の構成単位)の含有量が50質量%以上である樹脂が好ましい。
(メタ)アクリル化合物としては、(メタ)アクリレート化合物、及び、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物が好適に挙げられる。
ポリマーAにおける-SO2-NH-構造は、-SO2-NH-構造を有する化合物(モノマー)を用いて、-SO2-NH-構造を含む構成単位としてポリマーAに導入される。
The polymer A may be an addition polymerization type resin or a polycondensation resin, but from the viewpoint of time-developability, time-development-debris-retaining property, time-remaining image area retention property, and time-dependent printing durability, acrylic resin is used. A resin, a polyurea resin or a polyurethane resin is preferable, an acrylic resin or a polyurethane resin is more preferable, and an acrylic resin is particularly preferable.
As the acrylic resin, a resin in which the content of the structural unit formed by the (meth)acrylic compound (the structural unit derived from the (meth)acrylic compound) is 50% by mass or more is preferable.
Preferable examples of the (meth)acrylic compound include a (meth)acrylate compound and a (meth)acrylamide compound.
-SO 2 -NH- structure in the polymer A, the compound having a -SO 2 -NH- structure using (monomers), is introduced into the polymer A as a structural unit containing an -SO 2 -NH- structure.
<<-SO2-NH-構造の例>>
ポリマーAにおける上記-SO2-NH-構造は、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、-SO2-NH-構造におけるスルホニル基(-SO2-)は、芳香環に直接結合していることが好ましい。
また、ポリマーAにおける上記-SO2-NH-構造は、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、-SO2-NH-構造における窒素原子は、芳香環又は複素芳香環に直接結合していることが好ましく、複素芳香環に直接結合していることがより好ましい。
また、上記-SO2-NH-構造における窒素原子には、水素原子は1つのみ結合していることが好ましい。すなわち、-SO2-NH-構造における-NH-側には水素原子が結合していないことが好ましい。
<<Example of --SO 2 --NH-- structure>>
The above-mentioned —SO 2 —NH— structure in the polymer A has a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —) in the —SO 2 —NH— structure as an aromatic ring, from the viewpoints of retention of the image portion over time and printing durability over time. A direct bond is preferred.
In addition, the above-mentioned —SO 2 —NH— structure in the polymer A has a nitrogen atom in the —SO 2 —NH— structure which is an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring, from the viewpoints of retention of image area over time and printing durability over time. A direct bond is preferred, and a direct bond to the heteroaromatic ring is more preferred.
Further, it is preferable that only one hydrogen atom is bonded to the nitrogen atom in the —SO 2 —NH— structure. That is, it is preferable that no hydrogen atom is bonded to the —NH— side of the —SO 2 —NH— structure.
また、ポリマーAにおける上記-SO2-NH-構造は、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、下記式1~式3のいずれかで表される構造であることが好ましく、下記式1で表される構造であることがより好ましい。 In addition, the above-mentioned —SO 2 —NH— structure in the polymer A has one of the following formulas 1 to 3 from the viewpoints of time-developability, time-development-debris-retaining property, image-retaining property over time, and printing durability over time. The structure represented by the formula is preferable, and the structure represented by the following formula 1 is more preferable.
式1~式3中、Ar1は、アリーレン基を表し、Ar2は、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、R1は、1価の有機基を表し、*は、他の構造との結合部分を表す。 In Formulas 1 to 3, Ar 1 represents an arylene group, Ar 2 represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R 1 represents a monovalent organic group, and * represents a bond with another structure. Represents a part.
式1~式3におけるAr1は、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、フェニレン構造を有する基であることが好ましく、フェニレン基であることがより好ましく、1,4-フェニレン基であることが特に好ましい。
式1におけるAr2は、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、ヘテロアリール基であることが好ましく、フラン環、イソチアゾリン環、イソキサゾリン環、オキサジアゾリン環、オキサトリアジン環、オキサゾリン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、テトラジン環、チアジアゾール環、チアトリアゾール環、チアゾール環、チオフェン環及びトリアジン環よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の複素芳香環構造を有するヘテロアリール基であることがより好ましく、イソキサゾリン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、チアジアゾール環及びチアゾール環よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の複素芳香環構造を有するヘテロアリール基であることが更に好ましく、チアジアゾール環を有するヘテロアリール基であることが特に好ましい。
また、上記ヘテロアリール基における各複素芳香環構造は、-SO2-NH-構造における窒素原子に直接結合することが好ましい。また、上記各複素芳香環構造は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基及びアルコキシ基が好ましく挙げられる。
Ar 1 in Formulas 1 to 3 is preferably a group having a phenylene structure, more preferably a phenylene group, from the viewpoints of retention of image area over time and printing durability over time. A phenylene group is particularly preferable.
Ar 2 in Formula 1 is preferably a heteroaryl group from the viewpoints of developability over time, development debris suppression property over time, image area retention property over time, and printing durability over time, and is a furan ring, isothiazoline ring, or isoxazoline ring. , Oxadiazoline ring, oxatriazine ring, oxazoline ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, tetrazine ring, thiadiazole ring, thiatriazole ring, thiazole ring, thiophene ring and triazine ring. A heteroaryl group having at least one heteroaromatic ring structure is more preferable, and at least one heteroaromatic ring structure selected from the group consisting of an isoxazoline ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a thiadiazole ring and a thiazole ring can be used. It is more preferably a heteroaryl group having a heteroaryl group, and particularly preferably a heteroaryl group having a thiadiazole ring.
Further, each heteroaromatic ring structure in the above heteroaryl group is preferably directly bonded to the nitrogen atom in the —SO 2 —NH— structure. Further, each of the above heteroaromatic ring structures may have a substituent. Preferable examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group and an alkoxy group.
式2及び式3におけるR1は、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、アルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、アリール基であることがより好ましく、フェニル基であることが特に好ましい。 R 1 in Formulas 2 and 3 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an aryl group, and a phenyl group, from the viewpoints of the retention of the image area over time and the printing durability over time. Is particularly preferable.
また、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、上記式1における上記Ar1が、フェニレン構造を有する基であり、上記Ar2が、ヘテロアリール基であることが好ましく、上記Ar1が、フェニレン構造を有する基であり、上記Ar2が、フラン環、イソチアゾリン環、イソキサゾリン環、オキサジアゾリン環、オキサトリアジン環、オキサゾリン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、テトラジン環、チアジアゾール環、チアトリアゾール環、チアゾール環、チオフェン環及びトリアジン環よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の複素芳香環構造を有するヘテロアリール基であることがより好ましく、上記Ar1が、フェニレン構造を有する基であり、イソキサゾリン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、チアジアゾール環及びチアゾール環よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の複素芳香環構造を有するヘテロアリール基であることが更に好ましく、上記Ar1が、フェニレン基であり、上記Ar2が、チアジアゾリル基又は5-メチルチアゾリル基であることが特に好ましい。 Further, from the viewpoints of the time-development property, the time-development debris suppression property, the time-dependent image area retention property, and the time-dependent printing durability, Ar 1 in Formula 1 is a group having a phenylene structure, and Ar 2 is A heteroaryl group is preferable, Ar 1 is a group having a phenylene structure, and Ar 2 is a furan ring, isothiazoline ring, isoxazoline ring, oxadiazoline ring, oxatriazine ring, oxazoline ring, pyrazine ring. A heteroaryl group having at least one heteroaromatic ring structure selected from the group consisting of a pyridazine ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a tetrazine ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiatriazole ring, a thiazole ring, a thiophene ring and a triazine ring. More preferably, Ar 1 is a group having a phenylene structure, and has a heteroaromatic structure having at least one heteroaromatic ring structure selected from the group consisting of an isoxazoline ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a thiadiazole ring and a thiazole ring. It is more preferably an aryl group, and it is particularly preferable that Ar 1 is a phenylene group and Ar 2 is a thiadiazolyl group or a 5-methylthiazolyl group.
上記-SO2-NH-構造を有する構成単位としては、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、下記式(SA1)~式(SA3)のいずれかで表される構成単位であることが好ましく、下記式(SA1)で表される構成単位であることがより好ましい。 As the structural unit having the —SO 2 —NH— structure, the following formulas (SA1) to (SA3) are used from the viewpoints of time-developability, time-development-debris-retaining property, time-retention of image area, and time-dependent printing durability. ) Is more preferable, and a structural unit represented by the following formula (SA1) is more preferable.
式(SA1)~式(SA3)中、Ar1は、アリーレン基を表し、Ar2は、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、R1は、1価の有機基を表し、R2は、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、X1は、-NR3-又は-O-を表し、R3は、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。 In formulas (SA1) to (SA3), Ar 1 represents an arylene group, Ar 2 represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R 1 represents a monovalent organic group, and R 2 represents hydrogen. Represents an atom or a methyl group, X 1 represents —NR 3 — or —O—, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
式(SA1)~式(SA3)におけるAr1、Ar2及びR1は、式1~式3におけるAr1、Ar2及びR1と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
式(SA1)~式(SA3)におけるR2は、メチル基であることが好ましい。
式(SA1)~式(SA3)におけるX1は、経時現像性、及び、経時現像カス抑制性の観点から、-NR3-であることが好ましく、-NH-であることがより好ましい。
式(SA1)~式(SA3)におけるR3は、水素原子又はアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子であることがより好ましい。
Ar 1, Ar 2 and R 1 in formula (SA1) to Formula (SA3) has the same meaning as Ar 1, Ar 2 and R 1 in Formula 1 to Formula 3, preferred embodiment is also the same.
R 2 in formulas (SA1) to (SA3) is preferably a methyl group.
X 1 in formulas (SA1) to (SA3) is preferably —NR 3 —, and more preferably —NH— from the viewpoints of developability over time and development debris controllability over time.
R 3 in formulas (SA1) to (SA3) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
上記-SO2-NH-構造を有する構成単位の具体例としては、後述する実施例で示す構成単位を好適に挙げることができる。 As specific examples of the structural unit having the —SO 2 —NH— structure, the structural units shown in Examples described later can be preferably cited.
ポリマーAは、-SO2-NH-構造を有する構成単位を、1種単独で有していても、2種以上有していてもよい。
ポリマーAにおける-SO2-NH-構造を有する構成単位の含有量は、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、ポリマーAの全質量に対し、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、50質量%以上であることがより好ましく、55質量%以上100質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、65質量%以上98質量%以下であることが特に好ましく、75質量%以上95質量%以下であることが最も好ましい。
The polymer A may have one kind of structural unit having a —SO 2 —NH— structure, or may have two or more kinds.
The content of the constitutional unit having a —SO 2 —NH— structure in the polymer A is the total mass of the polymer A from the viewpoints of time-developability, time-development-debris-retaining property, image-retaining property over time, and printing durability over time. On the other hand, it is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, further preferably 55% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 65% by mass or more and 98% by mass or less. Is particularly preferable, and most preferably 75% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less.
<<その他の構成単位>>
ポリマーAは、経時現像性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、-SO2-NH-構造を有する構成単位以外のその他の構成単位を有することが好ましい。
その他の構成単位としては、特に制限はないが、(メタ)アクリレート化合物、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物、スチレン、アクリロニトリル、N-ビニル-ε-カプロラクタム、及び、N-フェニルマレイミドよりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物由来の構成単位が挙げられる。
中でも、その他の構成単位としては、(メタ)アクリレート化合物、及び、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物由来の構成単位であることが好ましく、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物、及び、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物由来の構成単位であることがより好ましく、アルキルメタクリレート化合物、及び、N-アリール置換(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物由来の構成単位であることが特に好ましい。
また、ポリマーAにおける上記その他の構成単位としては、経時現像性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、下記式(M1)又は下記式(M2)で表される構成単位を有することが好ましい。
<<Other structural units>>
The polymer A preferably has a constitutional unit other than the constitutional unit having a —SO 2 —NH— structure from the viewpoints of developability with time, retention of image area with time, and printing durability with time.
Other structural units are not particularly limited, but are selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylate compounds, (meth)acrylamide compounds, styrene, acrylonitrile, N-vinyl-ε-caprolactam, and N-phenylmaleimide. Constitutional units derived from at least one compound may be mentioned.
Among them, the other structural unit is preferably a structural unit derived from at least one compound selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylate compounds and (meth)acrylamide compounds, and alkyl (meth)acrylate compounds. , And a structural unit derived from at least one compound selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylamide compounds, and more preferably from the group consisting of alkyl methacrylate compounds and N-aryl-substituted (meth)acrylamide compounds. It is particularly preferable that the structural unit is derived from at least one selected compound.
In addition, the above-mentioned other structural units in the polymer A are structural units represented by the following formula (M1) or the following formula (M2) from the viewpoints of time-developability, time-dependent image area retention, and time-dependent printing durability. It is preferable to have
式(M1)中、R4は、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、R5は、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。 In formula (M1), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 5 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
式(M2)中、R6は、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、R7は、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。 In the formula (M2), R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 7 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
式(M1)におけるR4は、メチル基であることが好ましい。
式(M1)のR5におけるアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。中でも、アルキル基、フェニル基及びヒドロキシ基が好ましく挙げられる。
式(M1)におけるR5の炭素数(炭素原子数)は、経時現像性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、1~20であることが好ましく、1~8であることがより好ましく、1~4であることが特に好ましい。
式(M1)におけるR5は、経時現像性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、アルキル基、ヒドロキシアルキル基、又は、アラルキル基であることが好ましく、アルキル基、ヒドロキシエチル基、又は、ベンジル基であることがより好ましく、アルキル基であることが更に好ましく、メチル基であることが特に好ましい。
R 4 in formula (M1) is preferably a methyl group.
The alkyl group and aryl group for R 5 in formula (M1) may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group and the like. Of these, an alkyl group, a phenyl group and a hydroxy group are preferable.
The carbon number (the number of carbon atoms) of R 5 in the formula (M1) is preferably 1 to 20, and preferably 1 to 8 from the viewpoints of the developability with time, the retention of the image area with time, and the printing durability with time. It is more preferable to be present, and it is particularly preferable to be 1 to 4.
R 5 in the formula (M1) is preferably an alkyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group, or an aralkyl group, from the viewpoints of developability with time, retention of image area with time, and printing durability with time. It is more preferably an ethyl group or a benzyl group, further preferably an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
式(M2)におけるR6は、メチル基であることが好ましい。
式(M2)のR7におけるアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、スルホンアミド基等が挙げられる。中でも、フェニル基、ヒドロキシ基、及び、スルホンアミド基が好ましく挙げられる。
式(M2)におけるR7の炭素数(炭素原子数)は、経時現像性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、1~20であることが好ましく、1~8であることがより好ましく、1~4であることが特に好ましい。
式(M2)におけるR7は、経時現像性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、アリール基であることが好ましく、フェニル基であることがより好ましく、ヒドロキシ基又はスルホンアミド基により置換されたフェニル基であることが更に好ましい。
R 6 in formula (M2) is preferably a methyl group.
The alkyl group and aryl group for R 7 in formula (M2) may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, a sulfonamide group and the like. Of these, a phenyl group, a hydroxy group, and a sulfonamide group are preferable.
The carbon number (the number of carbon atoms) of R 7 in the formula (M2) is preferably 1 to 20, and preferably 1 to 8 from the viewpoints of developability with time, retention of image area with time, and printing durability with time. It is more preferable to be present, and it is particularly preferable to be 1 to 4.
R 7 in the formula (M2) is preferably an aryl group, more preferably a phenyl group, and more preferably a hydroxy group or a sulfone from the viewpoints of developability with time, retainability of image area with time, and printing durability with time. More preferably, it is a phenyl group substituted with an amide group.
-ポリマーAの含有量-
ポリマーAは、その他の構成単位を、1種単独で有していても、2種以上有していてもよい。
ポリマーAにおけるその他の構成単位の含有量は、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、ポリマーAの全質量に対し、70質量%以下であることが好ましく、50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、45質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、2質量%以上35質量%以下であることが特に好ましく、5質量%以上25質量%以下であることが最も好ましい。
-Content of Polymer A-
The polymer A may have one kind of other structural unit alone or may have two or more kinds thereof.
The content of the other structural units in the polymer A is 70% by mass or less based on the total mass of the polymer A from the viewpoints of the developability over time, the development debris suppression property over time, the image area retention property over time, and the printing durability over time. Is preferable, 50% by mass or less is more preferable, 45% by mass or less is further preferable, 2% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less is particularly preferable, 5% by mass or more and 25% by mass Most preferably it is
<<ポリマーAの酸価>>
ポリマーAの酸価は、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、1.0meq/g~3.5meq/gが好ましく、1.3meq/g~3.0meq/gがより好ましく、1.5meq/g~2.0meq/gが更に好ましく、2.2meq/g~2.8meq/gが特に好ましい。
本開示におけるポリマーAの酸価は、1gのポリマーAを中和するのに必要な水酸化カリウムのモル数で表され、JIS規格(JIS K0070:1992)による測定法で求められる値を用いることができる。
<<Acid Value of Polymer A>>
The acid value of the polymer A is preferably 1.0 meq/g to 3.5 meq/g, and 1.3 meq/g to 3.0 meq, from the viewpoints of the developability over time, the development debris suppression property over time, and the printing durability over time. /G is more preferable, 1.5 meq/g to 2.0 meq/g is further preferable, and 2.2 meq/g to 2.8 meq/g is particularly preferable.
The acid value of the polymer A in the present disclosure is represented by the number of moles of potassium hydroxide necessary to neutralize 1 g of the polymer A, and the value determined by the measurement method according to JIS standard (JIS K0070:1992) should be used. You can
-ポリマーAの重量平均分子量-
ポリマーAの重量平均分子量は、経時耐刷性、及び、アブレーション抑制性の観点から、5,000~30,000であることが好ましく、8,000~22,000であることがより好ましく、8,500~20,000であることが更に好ましい。
-Weight average molecular weight of polymer A-
The weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is preferably from 5,000 to 30,000, more preferably from 8,000 to 22,000, from the viewpoints of printing durability with time and abrasion resistance. , 500 to 20,000 is more preferable.
画像記録層下層は、ポリマーAを、1種単独で含有しても、2種以上を含有してもよい。
画像記録層下層におけるポリマーAの含有量は、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、画像記録層下層の全質量に対し、10質量%~99質量%であることが好ましく、20質量%~95質量%であることがより好ましく、30質量%~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。
The lower layer of the image recording layer may contain the polymer A alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the polymer A in the lower layer of the image recording layer is 10% by mass with respect to the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer from the viewpoints of time-developability, time-development-debris-retaining property, time-retention of image area, and time-dependent printing durability. % To 99 mass% is preferable, 20 mass% to 95 mass% is more preferable, and 30 mass% to 90 mass% is further preferable.
ポリマーAは、例えば、公知の方法により製造される。例えば、各構成単位の形成に用いられるモノマーと、公知の重合開始剤を含む組成物を用い、加熱又は露光等のエネルギー付与を行うことにより重合体としてポリマーAを得ることができる。上記組成物は公知の添加剤を更に含有してもよい。
上記エネルギー付与の詳細な条件としても、公知の文献を参照して決定すればよい。
The polymer A is produced, for example, by a known method. For example, the polymer A can be obtained as a polymer by applying energy such as heating or exposure using a composition containing a monomer used for forming each structural unit and a known polymerization initiator. The composition may further contain known additives.
The detailed conditions for applying energy may be determined with reference to a known document.
〔赤外線吸収剤〕
本開示に係る平版印刷版原版において、画像記録層下層が赤外線吸収剤を含有することが好ましい。
赤外線吸収剤としては、赤外光を吸収し熱を発生する染料であれば特に制限はなく、赤外線吸収剤として知られる種々の染料を用いることができる。
本開示において用いることができる赤外線吸収剤としては、市販の染料及び文献(例えば「染料便覧」有機合成化学協会編集、昭和45年刊)に記載されている公知のものが利用できる。具体的には、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、ピラゾロンアゾ染料、アントラキノン染料、フタロシアニン染料、カルボニウム染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、シアニン染料などの染料が挙げられる。本開示において、これらの染料のうち、赤外光又は近赤外光を少なくとも吸収するものが、赤外光又は近赤外光を発光するレーザーでの利用に適する点で好ましく、シアニン染料が特に好ましい。
[Infrared absorber]
In the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, the lower layer of the image recording layer preferably contains an infrared absorber.
The infrared absorbent is not particularly limited as long as it is a dye that absorbs infrared light and generates heat, and various dyes known as infrared absorbents can be used.
As the infrared absorber that can be used in the present disclosure, commercially available dyes and known ones described in the literature (for example, “Handbook of Dyes” edited by the Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, published in 1970) can be used. Specific examples include dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and cyanine dyes. In the present disclosure, among these dyes, those that absorb at least infrared light or near infrared light are preferable in that they are suitable for use in a laser that emits infrared light or near infrared light, and cyanine dyes are particularly preferable. preferable.
そのような赤外光又は近赤外光を少なくとも吸収する染料としては、例えば、特開昭58-125246号、特開昭59-84356号、特開昭59-202829号、特開昭60-78787号等の各公報に記載されているシアニン染料、特開昭58-173696号、特開昭58-181690号、特開昭58-194595号等の各公報に記載されているメチン染料、特開昭58-112793号、特開昭58-224793号、特開昭59-48187号、特開昭59-73996号、特開昭60-52940号、特開昭60-63744号等の各公報に記載されているナフトキノン染料、特開昭58-112792号公報等に記載されているスクアリリウム色素、英国特許434,875号明細書記載のシアニン染料等を挙げることができる。
また、染料として米国特許第5,156,938号明細書記載の近赤外吸収増感剤も好適に用いられ、また、米国特許第3,881,924号明細書記載の置換されたアリールベンゾ(チオ)ピリリウム塩、特開昭57-142645号公報(米国特許第4,327,169号明細書)記載のトリメチンチアピリリウム塩、特開昭58-181051号、同58-220143号、同59-41363号、同59-84248号、同59-84249号、同59-146063号、同59-146061号の各公報に記載されているピリリウム系化合物、特開昭59-216146号公報記載のシアニン色素、米国特許第4,283,475号明細書に記載のペンタメチンチオピリリウム塩等や特公平5-13514号、同5-19702号公報に開示されているピリリウム化合物等が、市販品としては、エポリン社製のEpolight III-178、Epolight III-130、Epolight III-125等が特に好ましく用いられる。
また、染料として特に好ましい別の例として米国特許第4,756,993号明細書中に式(I)、(II)として記載されている近赤外吸収染料を挙げることができる。
中でも、米国特許第4,756,993号明細書第7欄~第17欄に記載の(I-1)~(I-30)が好ましく挙げられる。
Examples of such dyes that absorb at least infrared light or near infrared light include, for example, JP-A-58-125246, JP-A-59-84356, JP-A-59-202829, and JP-A-60-. Cyanine dyes described in JP-A-78787 and the like, methine dyes described in JP-A-58-173696, JP-A-58-181690 and JP-A-58-194595, and JP-A-58-112793, JP-A-58-224793, JP-A-59-48187, JP-A-59-73996, JP-A-60-52940, JP-A-60-63744 and the like. Examples thereof include naphthoquinone dyes described in JP-A-58-112792, squarylium dyes described in JP-A-58-112792, and cyanine dyes described in British Patent 434,875.
Further, a near infrared absorption sensitizer described in US Pat. No. 5,156,938 is also preferably used as a dye, and a substituted arylbenzo described in US Pat. No. 3,881,924 is also used. (Thio)pyrylium salt, the trimethine thiapyrylium salt described in JP-A-57-142645 (US Pat. No. 4,327,169), JP-A-58-181051, JP-A-58-220143, and JP-A-58-220143. 59-41363, 59-84248, 59-84249, 59-146063, 59-146061 and pyrylium compounds described in JP-A-59-216146. Cyanine dyes, pentamethine thiopyrylium salts described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,283,475, and pyrylium compounds disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 5-13514 and 5-19702 are commercially available products. Particularly preferably used are Epolight III-178, Epolight III-130, and Epolight III-125 manufactured by Eporin.
Another particularly preferable example of the dye is a near-infrared absorbing dye described as formulas (I) and (II) in US Pat. No. 4,756,993.
Among them, (I-1) to (I-30) described in US Pat. No. 4,756,993, columns 7 to 17 are preferable.
これらの染料のうち特に好ましいものとしては、シアニン色素、フタロシアニン染料、オキソノール染料、スクアリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩、チオピリリウム染料、及び、ニッケルチオレート錯体が挙げられる。更に、下記式(a)で表されるシアニン色素は、画像記録層下層に使用した場合に、安定性及び経済性に優れるため特に好ましい。 Particularly preferred among these dyes are cyanine dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, oxonol dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, thiopyrylium dyes, and nickel thiolate complexes. Furthermore, the cyanine dye represented by the following formula (a) is particularly preferable because it is excellent in stability and economy when used in the lower layer of the image recording layer.
式(a)中、X1は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ジアリールアミノ基(-NPh2)、-X2-L1又は以下に示す基を表し、X2は、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表し、L1は、炭素数1~12の炭化水素基、ヘテロ原子を有する芳香族基又はヘテロ原子を有する炭素数1~12の炭化水素基を表す。なお、ここでヘテロ原子とは、N、S、O、ハロゲン原子、Seを表す。また、Phはフェニル基を表す。 In Formula (a), X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a diarylamino group (—NPh 2 ), —X 2 —L 1 or a group shown below, and X 2 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. , L 1 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having a hetero atom, or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms having a hetero atom. Here, the hetero atom represents N, S, O, a halogen atom, or Se. Further, Ph represents a phenyl group.
上記式中、Xa-は後述するZa-と同様に定義され、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、置換又は無置換のアミノ基、及び、ハロゲン原子よりなる群から選択される置換基を表す。 In the above formula, Xa − is defined in the same manner as Za − described later, and R a is a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, and a halogen atom. Represents a group.
R21及びR22は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~12の炭化水素基を示す。平版印刷版原版の保存安定性から、R21及びR22は、炭素数2以上の炭化水素基であることが好ましく、更に、R21とR22とは互いに結合し、5員環又は6員環を形成していることが特に好ましい。 R 21 and R 22 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. From the storage stability of the lithographic printing plate precursor, R 21 and R 22 are preferably a hydrocarbon group having 2 or more carbon atoms, and further, R 21 and R 22 are bonded to each other to form a 5-membered ring or 6-membered ring. It is particularly preferable that a ring is formed.
Ar1及びAr2は、それぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよく、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基を示す。好ましい芳香族炭化水素基としては、ベンゼン環及びナフタレン環が挙げられる。また、好ましい置換基としては、炭素数12以下の炭化水素基、ハロゲン原子、炭素数12以下のアルコキシ基が挙げられる。
Y11及びY12は、それぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよく、硫黄原子又は炭素数12以下のジアルキルメチレン基を示す。R23及びR24は、それぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよく、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数20以下の炭化水素基を示す。好ましい置換基としては、炭素数12以下のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基が挙げられる。
R25、R26、R27及びR28は、それぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよく、水素原子又は炭素数12以下の炭化水素基を示す。原料の入手性から、好ましくは水素原子である。また、Za-は、対アニオンを示す。ただし、式(a)で表されるシアニン色素がその構造内にアニオン性の置換基を有し、電荷の中和が必要ない場合は、Za-は必要ない。好ましいZa-は、平版印刷版原版の保存安定性から、ハロゲン化物イオン、過塩素酸イオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン又はスルホン酸イオンであり、特に好ましくは、過塩素酸イオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン又はアリールスルホン酸イオンである。
Ar 1 and Ar 2, which may be the same or different, each represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. A benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are mentioned as a preferable aromatic hydrocarbon group. Moreover, as a preferable substituent, a C12 or less hydrocarbon group, a halogen atom, and a C12 or less alkoxy group are mentioned.
Y 11 and Y 12 may be the same or different and each represents a sulfur atom or a dialkylmethylene group having 12 or less carbon atoms. R 23 and R 24, which may be the same or different, each represents a hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Preferable substituents include an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms, a carboxy group and a sulfo group.
R 25 , R 26 , R 27 and R 28, which may be the same or different, each represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 12 or less carbon atoms. From the availability of raw materials, hydrogen atom is preferable. Za − represents a counter anion. However, when the cyanine dye represented by the formula (a) has an anionic substituent in its structure and charge neutralization is not necessary, Za − is not necessary. Preferred Za − is a halide ion, a perchlorate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion or a sulfonate ion from the storage stability of the lithographic printing plate precursor, and particularly preferably, a perchlorate ion or a hexachlorate ion. It is a fluorophosphate ion or an aryl sulfonate ion.
好適に用いることのできる式(a)で表されるシアニン色素の具体例としては、特開2001-133969号公報の段落0017~0019、特開2002-40638号公報の段落0012~0038、特開2002-23360号公報の段落0012~0023に記載されたものを挙げることができる。
画像記録層下層が含有する赤外線吸収剤として特に好ましくは、以下に示すシアニン染料Aである。
Specific examples of the cyanine dye represented by formula (a) that can be preferably used include, for example, paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP 2001-133969 A, paragraphs 0012 to 0038 of JP 2002-40638 A, and JP Examples thereof include those described in paragraphs 0012 to 0023 of 2002-23360.
The cyanine dye A shown below is particularly preferable as the infrared absorber contained in the lower layer of the image recording layer.
画像記録層下層は、赤外線吸収剤を、1種単独で含有しても、2種以上を含有してもよい。
赤外線吸収剤の含有量としては、画像記録層下層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、0.1質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましく、1.0質量%~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。添加量が0.01質量%以上であると、高感度となり、また、50質量%以下であると、層の均一性が良好であり、層の耐久性に優れる。
The lower layer of the image recording layer may contain an infrared absorber alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the infrared absorbent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer. It is particularly preferably from 1.0% by mass to 30% by mass. When the addition amount is 0.01% by mass or more, the sensitivity becomes high, and when the addition amount is 50% by mass or less, the uniformity of the layer is good and the durability of the layer is excellent.
〔その他のバインダーポリマー〕
本開示における画像記録層下層は、その他のバインダーポリマーを更に含んでいてもよい。
画像記録層下層は、その他のバインダーポリマーとして、フェノール樹脂、スチレン-アクリロニトリル共重合体、アクリル樹脂、アセタール樹脂、及び、ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を更に含むことが好ましい。
その他のバインダーポリマーは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂であることが好ましい。
[Other binder polymers]
The lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure may further contain other binder polymer.
The lower layer of the image recording layer is selected from the group consisting of a phenol resin, a styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer, an acrylic resin, an acetal resin, and a resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain as the other binder polymer. It is preferable to further include at least one kind.
The other binder polymer is preferably an alkali-soluble resin.
画像記録層下層は、その他のバインダーポリマーを、1種単独で含有しても、2種以上を含有してもよい。
画像記録層下層におけるその他のバインダーポリマーの含有量は、ポリマーAの含有量よりも少ないことが好ましい。
その他のバインダーポリマーの含有量としては、画像記録層下層の全質量に対し、10質量%以下であることが好ましく、5質量%であることがより好ましく、1質量%であることが更に好ましく、画像記録層下層はその他のバインダーポリマーを含有しないことが特に好ましい。
The lower layer of the image recording layer may contain the other binder polymer alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
The content of the other binder polymer in the lower layer of the image recording layer is preferably smaller than the content of the polymer A.
The content of the other binder polymer is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass, further preferably 1% by mass, based on the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer. It is particularly preferable that the lower layer of the image recording layer contains no other binder polymer.
〔酸発生剤〕
本開示における画像記録層下層は、得られる平版印刷版原版における感度向上の観点から、酸発生剤を含有することが好ましい。
本開示において酸発生剤とは、光又は熱により酸を発生する化合物であり、赤外線の照射や、100℃以上の加熱によって分解し酸を発生する化合物を指す。発生する酸としては、スルホン酸、塩酸等のpKaが2以下の強酸であることが好ましい。この酸発生剤から発生した酸によって、平版印刷版原版における露光部への現像液の浸透性が高くなり、画像記録層のアルカリ水溶液に対する溶解性がより向上するものである。
本開示における画像記録層下層において好適に用いられる酸発生剤としては、国際公開第2016/047392号の段落0116から段落0130に記載の酸発生剤が挙げられる。
中でも、感度と安定性の観点から、酸発生剤としてオニウム塩化合物を用いることが好ましい。以下、オニウム塩化合物について説明する。
本開示において好適に用い得るオニウム塩化合物としては、赤外線露光、及び、露光により赤外線吸収剤から発生する熱エネルギーにより分解して酸を発生する化合物として知られる化合物を挙げることができる。本開示に好適なオニウム塩化合物としては、感度の観点から、公知の熱重合開始剤や結合解離エネルギーの小さな結合を有する、以下に述べるオニウム塩構造を有するものを挙げることができる。
本開示において好適に用いられるオニウム塩としては、公知のジアゾニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、アンモニウム塩、ピリジニウム塩、アジニウム塩等が挙げられ、中でも、トリアリールスルホニウム、又は、ジアリールヨードニウムのスルホン酸塩、カルボン酸塩、BF4
-、PF6
-、ClO4
-などが好ましい。
本開示において酸発生剤として用い得るオニウム塩としては、下記式III~式Vのいずれかで表されるオニウム塩が挙げられる。
[Acid generator]
The lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure preferably contains an acid generator from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity of the lithographic printing plate precursor obtained.
In the present disclosure, the acid generator is a compound that generates an acid by light or heat, and refers to a compound that decomposes to generate an acid when irradiated with infrared rays or heated at 100° C. or higher. The generated acid is preferably a strong acid having a pKa of 2 or less such as sulfonic acid and hydrochloric acid. The acid generated from the acid generator enhances the permeability of the developing solution into the exposed area of the lithographic printing plate precursor, and further improves the solubility of the image recording layer in the alkaline aqueous solution.
Examples of the acid generator preferably used in the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure include the acid generators described in paragraphs 0116 to 0130 of WO 2016/047392.
Above all, it is preferable to use an onium salt compound as the acid generator from the viewpoint of sensitivity and stability. The onium salt compound will be described below.
Examples of the onium salt compound that can be preferably used in the present disclosure include compounds known as compounds that generate an acid by being decomposed by infrared radiation and thermal energy generated from the infrared absorber upon exposure. Examples of onium salt compounds suitable for the present disclosure include known thermal polymerization initiators and compounds having an onium salt structure described below having a bond with a small bond dissociation energy from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
Examples of the onium salt preferably used in the present disclosure include known diazonium salts, iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, ammonium salts, pyridinium salts, azinium salts, and the like. Among them, triarylsulfonium or diaryliodonium sulfonates. , Carboxylate, BF 4 − , PF 6 − , ClO 4 − and the like are preferable.
Examples of onium salts that can be used as the acid generator in the present disclosure include onium salts represented by any of the following formulas III to V.
上記式III中、Ar11とAr12は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数20個以下のアリール基を示す。このアリール基が置換基を有する場合の好ましい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、炭素数12以下のアルキル基、炭素数12以下のアルコキシ基、又は炭素数12以下のアリールオキシ基が挙げられる。Z11-はハロゲン化物イオン、過塩素酸イオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、スルホン酸イオン、及び、ペルフルオロアルキルスルホン酸イオン等フッ素原子を有するスルホン酸イオンよりなる群から選択される対イオンを表し、好ましくは、過塩素酸イオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、アリールスルホン酸イオン、及びペルフルオロアルキルスルホン酸である。
上記式IV中、Ar21は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20のアリール基を示す。好ましい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~12のアリールオキシ基、炭素数1~12のアルキルアミノ基、炭素数2~12のジアルキルアミノ基、炭素数6~12のアリールアミノ基又は、ジアリールアミノ基(2つのアリール基の炭素数が、それぞれ独立に、6~12)が挙げられる。Z21-はZ11-と同義の対イオンを表す。
上記式V中、R31、R32及びR33は、それぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよく、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~20の炭化水素基を示す。好ましい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、又は炭素数1~12のアリールオキシ基が挙げられる。Z31-はZ11-と同義の対イオンを表す。
In Formula III, Ar 11 and Ar 12 each independently represent an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, which may have a substituent. When the aryl group has a substituent, a preferable substituent is a halogen atom, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 12 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms, or an aryloxy group having 12 or less carbon atoms. .. Z 11- is a pair selected from the group consisting of halide ion, perchlorate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, sulfonate ion, and sulfonate ion having a fluorine atom such as perfluoroalkylsulfonate ion. Represents an ion, and is preferably a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, an aryl sulfonate ion, and a perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid.
In the above formula IV, Ar 21 represents an aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Preferred substituents are a halogen atom, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, Examples thereof include a dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an arylamino group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and a diarylamino group (the carbon numbers of two aryl groups are each independently 6 to 12). Z 21- represents a counter ion having the same meaning as Z 11- .
In the above formula V, R 31 , R 32 and R 33, which may be the same or different, each represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Examples of preferable substituents include a halogen atom, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 31− represents a counter ion having the same meaning as Z 11− .
本開示における画像記録層下層において、好適に用いることのできるオニウム塩の具体例は、国際公開第2016/047392号の段落0121~段落0124に記載された化合物と同様である。 Specific examples of the onium salt that can be preferably used in the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure are the same as the compounds described in paragraphs 0121 to 0124 of International Publication WO2016/047392.
また、上記式III~式Vで表される化合物の別の例としては、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0036~0045において、ラジカル重合開始剤の例として記載の化合物を、本開示に係る酸発生剤として好適に用いることができる。 Further, as another example of the compounds represented by the formulas III to V, the compounds described as examples of the radical polymerization initiator in paragraphs 0036 to 0045 of JP 2008-195018 are related to the present disclosure. It can be suitably used as an acid generator.
本開示に用いうる酸発生剤のより好ましい例として、下記化合物(PAG-1)~(PAG-5)が挙げられる。 More preferred examples of the acid generator usable in the present disclosure include the following compounds (PAG-1) to (PAG-5).
これらの酸発生剤を本開示における画像記録層下層に含有させる場合、これらの化合物は単独で使用してもよく、また2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。
酸発生剤の含有量は、画像記録層下層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、0.1質量%~40質量%がより好ましく、0.5質量%~30質量%が更に好ましい。含有量が上記範囲において、酸発生剤添加の効果である感度の向上が見られると共に、非画像部における残膜の発生が抑制される。
When these acid generators are contained in the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure, these compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
The content of the acid generator is preferably 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass, based on the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer. % To 30% by mass is more preferable. When the content is in the above range, the sensitivity which is the effect of the addition of the acid generator is improved, and the generation of the residual film in the non-image area is suppressed.
〔酸増殖剤〕
本開示における画像記録層下層は、酸増殖剤を含有してもよい。本開示における酸増殖剤とは、比較的に強い酸の残基で置換された化合物であって、酸触媒の存在下で容易に脱離して新たに酸を発生する化合物である。すなわち、酸触媒反応によって分解し、再び酸を発生する。1反応で1つ以上の酸が増えており、反応の進行に伴って加速的に酸濃度が増加することにより、飛躍的に感度が向上する。この発生する酸の強度は、酸解離定数(pKa)として3以下であることが好ましく、2以下であることがより好ましい。酸解離定数として3以下であれば、酸触媒による脱離反応を引き起こしやすい。
このような酸触媒に使用される酸としては、ジクロロ酢酸、トリクロロ酢酸、メタンスルホン酸、エタンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸、p-トルエンスルホン酸、ナフタレンスルホン酸、フェニルスルホン酸等が挙げられる。
[Acid multiplying agent]
The lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure may contain an acid multiplying agent. The acid multiplying agent in the present disclosure is a compound substituted with a residue of a relatively strong acid, and is a compound which is easily eliminated in the presence of an acid catalyst to newly generate an acid. That is, it decomposes by an acid-catalyzed reaction to generate an acid again. One or more acids increase in one reaction, and the acid concentration accelerates as the reaction progresses, so that the sensitivity is dramatically improved. The strength of the generated acid is preferably 3 or less as an acid dissociation constant (pKa), and more preferably 2 or less. When the acid dissociation constant is 3 or less, the elimination reaction by the acid catalyst is likely to occur.
Examples of the acid used for such an acid catalyst include dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid and phenylsulfonic acid.
使用可能な酸増殖剤は、国際公開第2016/047392号の段落0133から段落0135に記載されたものと同様である。 The usable acid multiplying agents are the same as those described in paragraphs 0133 to 0135 of WO 2016/047392.
これらの酸増殖剤を画像記録層下層中に添加する場合の含有量としては、画像記録層下層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~20質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~10質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~5質量%が更に好ましい。酸増殖剤の含有量が上記範囲において、酸増殖剤を添加する効果が充分に得られ、感度向上が達成されるともに、画像部の膜強度低下が抑制される。 When these acid multiplying agents are added to the lower layer of the image recording layer, the content thereof is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass relative to the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer. Mass% is more preferable, and 0.1 mass% to 5 mass% is further preferable. When the content of the acid proliferating agent is in the above range, the effect of adding the acid proliferating agent is sufficiently obtained, the sensitivity is improved, and the reduction of the film strength of the image area is suppressed.
〔その他の添加剤〕
本開示における画像記録層下層は、その他の添加剤として、現像促進剤、界面活性剤、焼き出し剤、着色剤、可塑剤、ワックス剤等を含んでもよい。
[Other additives]
The lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure may contain, as other additives, a development accelerator, a surfactant, a printout agent, a colorant, a plasticizer, a wax agent and the like.
-現像促進剤-
本開示における画像記録層下層には、感度を向上させる目的で、酸無水物類、フェノール類、有機酸類を添加してもよい。
酸無水物類としては環状酸無水物が好ましく、具体的に環状酸無水物としては、米国特許第4,115,128号明細書に記載されている無水フタル酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、3,6-エンドオキシテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、テトラクロロ無水フタル酸、無水マレイン酸、クロロ無水マレイン酸、α-フェニル無水マレイン酸、無水コハク酸、無水ピロメリット酸などが使用できる。非環状の酸無水物としては、無水酢酸などが挙げられる。
フェノール類としては、ビスフェノールA、2,2’-ビスヒドロキシスルホン、p-ニトロフェノール、p-エトキシフェノール、2,4,4’-トリヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、4-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、4,4’,4”-トリヒドロキシトリフェニルメタン、4,4’,3”,4”-テトラヒドロキシ-3,5,3’,5’-テトラメチルトリフェニルメタンなどが挙げられる。
有機酸類としては、特開昭60-88942号公報、特開平2-96755号公報などに記載されており、具体的には、p-トルエンスルホン酸、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸、p-トルエンスルフィン酸、エチル硫酸、フェニルホスホン酸、フェニルホスフィン酸、リン酸フェニル、リン酸ジフェニル、安息香酸、イソフタル酸、アジピン酸、p-トルイル酸、3,4-ジメトキシ安息香酸、フタル酸、テレフタル酸、4-シクロヘキセン-1,2-ジカルボン酸、エルカ酸、ラウリン酸、n-ウンデカン酸、アスコルビン酸などが挙げられる。上記の酸無水物、フェノール類及び有機酸類の画像記録層下層の全質量に占める割合は、0.05質量%~20質量%が好ましく、0.1質量%~15質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~10質量%が特に好ましい。
-Development accelerator-
An acid anhydride, a phenol, or an organic acid may be added to the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure for the purpose of improving sensitivity.
Cyclic acid anhydrides are preferable as the acid anhydrides, and specific examples of the cyclic acid anhydrides include phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, and hexahydroanhydride described in US Pat. No. 4,115,128. Phthalic acid, 3,6-endooxytetrahydrophthalic anhydride, tetrachlorophthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride, chloromaleic anhydride, α-phenylmaleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride and the like can be used. Examples of non-cyclic acid anhydrides include acetic anhydride.
Examples of phenols include bisphenol A, 2,2'-bishydroxysulfone, p-nitrophenol, p-ethoxyphenol, 2,4,4'-trihydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzophenone, 4- Examples include hydroxybenzophenone, 4,4',4"-trihydroxytriphenylmethane, 4,4',3",4"-tetrahydroxy-3,5,3',5'-tetramethyltriphenylmethane. ..
Organic acids are described in JP-A-60-88942, JP-A-2-96755, and the like. Specifically, p-toluenesulfonic acid, dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfinic acid, Ethyl sulfuric acid, phenylphosphonic acid, phenylphosphinic acid, phenyl phosphate, diphenyl phosphate, benzoic acid, isophthalic acid, adipic acid, p-toluic acid, 3,4-dimethoxybenzoic acid, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 4-cyclohexene Examples include -1,2-dicarboxylic acid, erucic acid, lauric acid, n-undecanoic acid, and ascorbic acid. The ratio of the above-mentioned acid anhydride, phenols and organic acids to the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer is preferably 0.05% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 15% by mass, It is particularly preferably from 1% by mass to 10% by mass.
-界面活性剤-
本開示における画像記録層下層には、塗布性を良化するため、また、現像条件に対する処理の安定性を広げるため、特開昭62-251740号公報や特開平3-208514号公報に記載されているような非イオン界面活性剤、特開昭59-121044号公報、特開平4-13149号公報に記載されているような両性界面活性剤、特開昭62-170950号公報、特開平11-288093号公報、特開2003-57820号公報に記載されているようなフッ素含有のモノマー共重合体を添加することができる。
非イオン界面活性剤の具体例としては、ソルビタントリステアレート、ソルビタンモノパルミテート、ソルビタントリオレート、ステアリン酸モノグリセリド、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル等が挙げられる。
両性界面活性剤の具体例としては、アルキルジ(アミノエチル)グリシン、アルキルポリアミノエチルグリシン塩酸塩、2-アルキル-N-カルボキシエチル-N-ヒドロキシエチルイミダゾリニウムベタインやN-テトラデシル-N,N-ベタイン型(例えば、商品名「アモーゲンK」:第一工業製薬(株)製)等が挙げられる。
界面活性剤の画像記録層下層の全質量に占める割合は、0.01質量%~15質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~5質量%がより好ましく、0.05質量%~2.0質量%が更に好ましい。
-Surfactant-
The lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure is described in JP-A No. 62-251740 and JP-A No. 3-208514 in order to improve the coating property and to broaden the stability of processing under developing conditions. Such nonionic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants described in JP-A-59-121044 and JP-A-4-13149, JP-A-62-170950 and JP-A-11- Fluorine-containing monomer copolymers such as those described in JP-A-288093 and JP-A-2003-57820 can be added.
Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include sorbitan tristearate, sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan trioleate, stearic acid monoglyceride, and polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether.
Specific examples of the amphoteric surfactant include alkyldi(aminoethyl)glycine, alkylpolyaminoethylglycine hydrochloride, 2-alkyl-N-carboxyethyl-N-hydroxyethylimidazolinium betaine and N-tetradecyl-N,N-. Examples thereof include betaine type (for example, trade name "Amogen K": manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.).
The ratio of the surfactant to the total weight of the lower layer of the image recording layer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and 0.05% by mass to 2.0% by mass. Mass% is more preferable.
-焼出し剤/着色剤-
本開示における画像記録層下層には、露光による加熱後直ちに可視像を得るための焼出し剤や、画像着色剤としての染料や顔料を加えることができる。
焼出し剤及び着色剤としては、例えば、特開2009-229917号公報の段落0122~0123に詳細に記載され、ここに記載の化合物を本開示においても適用しうる。
焼出し剤又は着色剤の含有量は、それぞれ独立に、画像記録層下層の全質量に対し、0.01~10質量%の割合で添加することが好ましく、0.1質量%~3質量%の割合で添加することがより好ましい。
-Bakeout agent/colorant-
To the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure, a printout agent for obtaining a visible image immediately after heating by exposure, and a dye or pigment as an image colorant can be added.
The print-out agent and the colorant are described in detail, for example, in paragraphs 0122 to 0123 of JP 2009-229917 A, and the compounds described therein can be applied to the present disclosure.
The content of the print-out agent or the colorant is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, and preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer. More preferably, it is added in a ratio of.
-可塑剤-
本開示における画像記録層下層には、塗膜の柔軟性等を付与するために可塑剤を添加してもよい。例えば、ブチルフタリル、ポリエチレングリコール、クエン酸トリブチル、フタル酸ジエチル、フタル酸ジブチル、フタル酸ジヘキシル、フタル酸ジオクチル、リン酸トリクレジル、リン酸トリブチル、リン酸トリオクチル、オレイン酸テトラヒドロフルフリル、アクリル酸又はメタクリル酸のオリゴマー及びポリマー等が用いられる。
これらの可塑剤は、画像記録層下層の全質量に対し、0.5質量%~10質量%の割合で添加することが好ましく、1.0質量%~5質量%の割合で添加することがより好ましい。
-Plasticizer-
A plasticizer may be added to the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure in order to impart flexibility to the coating film. For example, butylphthalyl, polyethylene glycol, tributyl citrate, diethyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, dihexyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, tricresyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tetrahydrofurfuryl oleate, acrylic acid or methacrylic acid. Oligomers and polymers are used.
These plasticizers are preferably added in a proportion of 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass, and preferably 1.0% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer. More preferable.
-ワックス剤-
本開示における画像記録層下層には、傷に対する抵抗性を付与する目的で、表面の静摩擦係数を低下させる化合物を添加することもできる。具体的には、米国特許第6,117,913号明細書、特開2003-149799号公報、特開2003-302750号公報、又は、特開2004-12770号公報に記載されているような、長鎖アルキルカルボン酸のエステルを有する化合物などを挙げることができる。
添加量として好ましいのは、画像記録層下層の全質量に対する割合が0.1質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.5質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましい。
-Wax agent-
A compound that lowers the coefficient of static friction of the surface can be added to the lower layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure for the purpose of imparting resistance to scratches. Specifically, as described in US Pat. No. 6,117,913, JP-A-2003-149799, JP-A-2003-302750, or JP-A-2004-12770, Examples thereof include compounds having an ester of a long-chain alkylcarboxylic acid.
The addition amount is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the lower layer of the image recording layer.
<画像記録層上層>
本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、支持体、画像記録層下層、及び、画像記録層上層(以下、単に「上層」ともいう。)をこの順に有し、画像記録層上層はpKaが10未満の酸基を有する構成単位を有するポリマーBと、赤外線吸収剤と、を含有し、上記ポリマーBの含有量は、上記画像記録層上層に含まれるポリマーの全質量に対し、30質量%以上である。
<Upper layer of image recording layer>
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has a support, an image recording layer lower layer, and an image recording layer upper layer (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “upper layer”) in this order, and the image recording layer upper layer has a pKa of less than 10. Polymer B having a structural unit having an acid group and an infrared absorber, and the content of the polymer B is 30% by mass or more based on the total mass of the polymer contained in the upper layer of the image recording layer. is there.
〔ポリマーB〕
画像記録層上層は、pKaが10未満の酸基を有する構成単位を有するポリマーBを含有する。
[Polymer B]
The upper layer of the image recording layer contains the polymer B having a structural unit having an acid group having a pKa of less than 10.
<<酸基のpKa>>
酸基のpKaは、10未満であり、経時現像性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、7.0以下であることが好ましく、3.0以上7.0以下であることがより好ましく、3.5以上6.0以下であることが更に好ましく、4.0以上5.5以下であることが特に好ましい。
また、ポリマーBにおいて、pKaの最も小さい値を示す構造は、酸基を有する構成単位における酸基であることが好ましい。
<<pKa of acid group>>
The pKa of the acid group is less than 10, and is preferably 7.0 or less from the viewpoints of developability with time, retention of image area with time, and printing durability with time, and is 3.0 or more and 7.0 or less. It is more preferable that it is from 3.5 to 6.0, further preferably from 3.5 to 6.0, and particularly preferably from 4.0 to 5.5.
Further, in the polymer B, the structure having the smallest pKa value is preferably an acid group in a structural unit having an acid group.
本開示に係る平版印刷版原版において、画像記録層下層が含有するポリマーAのpKaから画像記録層上層が含有するポリマーBのpKaを引いた差の値((ポリマーAにおける-SO2-NH-構造のpKa)-(ポリマーBにおける酸基のpKa))は、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、0を超えることが好ましく、0.5以上5.0以下であることがより好ましく、1.5以上4.5以下であることが更に好ましく、2.0以上4.0以下であることが特に好ましい。 In the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, the difference value obtained by subtracting the pKa of the polymer B contained in the upper layer of the image recording layer from the pKa of the polymer A contained in the lower layer of the image recording layer ((-SO 2 -NH- in the polymer A The pKa)-(pKa of the acid group in the polymer B) of the structure is preferably more than 0, and is 0.5 or more and 5.0 or less, from the viewpoint of the retention of the image area over time and the printing durability over time. It is more preferably 1.5 or more and 4.5 or less, still more preferably 2.0 or more and 4.0 or less.
-ポリマーBの含有量-
ポリマーBの含有量は、画像記録層上層に含まれるポリマーの全質量に対し、30質量%以上であり、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、経時画像部保持性、経時耐刷性、及び、アブレーション抑制性の観点から、50質量%~100質量%であることが好ましく、70質量%~100質量%であることがより好ましく、85質量%~100質量%であることが特に好ましい。
-Content of Polymer B-
The content of the polymer B is 30% by mass or more based on the total mass of the polymer contained in the upper layer of the image recording layer, and the time-developability, the time-development debris suppression property, the time-dependent image area retention, the time-dependent printing durability, and the From the viewpoint of ablation suppression property, it is preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 70% by mass to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably 85% by mass to 100% by mass.
ポリマーBは、付加重合型樹脂であっても、重縮合樹脂であってもよいが、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、アクリル樹脂又はフェノール樹脂であることが好ましく、アクリル樹脂又はノボラック樹脂であることがより好ましく、アクリル樹脂であることが特に好ましい。
フェノール樹脂としては、フェノール化合物及びホルムアルデヒドを少なくとも重縮合させた樹脂であればよく、ノボラック樹脂、及び、レゾール樹脂が好ましく挙げられ、ノボラック樹脂がより好ましく挙げられる。
The polymer B may be an addition polymerization type resin or a polycondensation resin, but from the viewpoint of time-developability, time-development-debris-retaining property, image-retaining property with time, and printing durability with time, A resin or a phenol resin is preferable, an acrylic resin or a novolac resin is more preferable, and an acrylic resin is particularly preferable.
The phenol resin may be a resin obtained by polycondensing at least a phenol compound and formaldehyde, preferably a novolac resin and a resole resin, more preferably a novolac resin.
また、ポリマーBは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂であることが好ましく、弱アルカリに可溶な弱アルカリ可溶性樹脂であることがより好ましい。
本開示において、アルカリ可溶性とは、25℃の1mol/L水酸化ナトリウム溶液に可溶であることをいい、弱アルカリ可溶性とは、25℃の0.0001mol/L水酸化ナトリウム溶液(pH10)に可溶であることをいう。
また、“可溶である”とは、100mLの溶媒に0.1g以上溶解することをいう。
Further, the polymer B is preferably an alkali-soluble resin, more preferably a weak alkali-soluble resin that is soluble in weak alkali.
In the present disclosure, “alkali-soluble” refers to being soluble in a 1 mol/L sodium hydroxide solution at 25° C., and “weakly alkali-soluble” refers to a 0.0001 mol/L sodium hydroxide solution (pH 10) at 25° C. It is soluble.
Further, "soluble" means that 0.1 g or more is dissolved in 100 mL of solvent.
<<酸基>>
ポリマーBは、酸基を有する構成単位を含む。
酸基は、酸基を形成しうるモノマーを用いて、酸基を含む構成単位としてポリマーBに導入されることが好ましい。
<< acid group >>
The polymer B contains a structural unit having an acid group.
The acid group is preferably introduced into the polymer B as a constitutional unit containing an acid group using a monomer capable of forming an acid group.
<<酸基の例>>
ポリマーBにおける酸基は、特に限定されないが、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸基、硫酸基等が挙げられる。中でも、酸基としては、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、及び、経時耐刷性アブレーション抑制性の観点からは、カルボキシ基が好ましい。
また、フェノール性水酸基(フェノール性ヒドロキシ基)は、通常であればpKaが10以上であるため、ポリマーBにおける上記酸基には含まれない。
ポリマーBは、pKaが10以上の酸基を更に有してもよいが、pKaが10以上の酸基の含有量は、現像性の観点から、0.1moL/g以下であることが好ましく、0.01moL/g以下であることがより好ましい。
<<Example of acid group>>
The acid group in the polymer B is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, and a sulfuric acid group. Among them, as the acid group, a carboxy group is preferable from the viewpoints of time-development property, time-development-debris suppression property, and time-dependent printing durability and ablation property suppression property.
Further, the phenolic hydroxyl group (phenolic hydroxy group) usually has a pKa of 10 or more, and thus is not included in the acid group in the polymer B.
The polymer B may further have an acid group having a pKa of 10 or more, but the content of the acid group having a pKa of 10 or more is preferably 0.1 moL/g or less from the viewpoint of developability, It is more preferably 0.01 moL/g or less.
<<酸基を有する構成単位のClogP値>>
酸基を有する構成単位のClogP値は、経時現像性、経時耐刷性及びインキ着肉性の観点から、0.3~5であることが好ましく、1.0~4.0であることがより好ましく、2.0~3.8であることがより好ましい。
ClogP値とは、1-オクタノールと水への分配係数Pの常用対数logPを計算によって求めた値である。ClogP値の計算に用いる方法やソフトウェアについては公知の物を用いることができるが、特に断らない限り、本開示ではCambridge soft社のChemBioDraw Ultra 12.0に組み込まれたClogPプログラムを用いることとする。
また、上記ClogP値の計算においては、酸基を有する構成単位(好ましくは、モノマー単位)の連結部位(即ち、下記構成単位中の*)を水素原子に置換して計算する。
例えば、下記構成単位UA-1のClogP値を計算する場合、下記構造UA’-1へと変換した後にClogP値の計算を行う。
<<ClogP Value of Structural Unit Having Acid Group>>
The ClogP value of the structural unit having an acid group is preferably 0.3 to 5, and more preferably 1.0 to 4.0 from the viewpoints of developability with time, printing durability with time, and ink receptivity. More preferably, it is more preferably 2.0 to 3.8.
The ClogP value is a value obtained by calculating the common logarithm logP of the partition coefficient P between 1-octanol and water. Known methods and software can be used for calculating the ClogP value, but unless otherwise specified, the ClogP program incorporated in ChemBioDraw Ultra 12.0 of Cambridge software is used in the present disclosure.
Further, in the calculation of the ClogP value, a hydrogen atom is substituted for a connecting site (that is, * in the following structural unit) of a structural unit (preferably a monomer unit) having an acid group.
For example, when calculating the ClogP value of the following structural unit UA-1, the ClogP value is calculated after conversion into the following structure UA'-1.
<<ポリマーBの酸価>>
ポリマーBの酸価は、経時現像性、経時現像カス抑制性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、1.0meq/g~3.5meq/gが好ましく、1.5meq/g~1.9meq/gがより好ましく、1.5meq/g~1.75meq/gが更に好ましい。
<<Acid Value of Polymer B>>
The acid value of the polymer B is preferably 1.0 meq/g to 3.5 meq/g, and more preferably 1.5 meq/g to 1.9 meq, from the viewpoints of the developability over time, the development debris controllability over time, and the printing durability over time. /G is more preferable, and 1.5 meq/g to 1.75 meq/g is further preferable.
-塩基基を有する構成単位-
ポリマーBは、経時耐刷性及び経時現像性の観点から、塩基基を有する構成単位を更に含むことが好ましい。
塩基基は、塩基基を形成しうるモノマーを用いて、塩基基を含む構成単位としてポリマーBに導入されることが好ましい。
-Structural unit having a basic group-
The polymer B preferably further contains a structural unit having a basic group from the viewpoints of printing durability with time and developability with time.
The base group is preferably introduced into the polymer B as a constitutional unit containing the base group by using a monomer capable of forming the base group.
<<塩基基のpKaH>>
ポリマーBが塩基基を有する構成単位を更に含む場合、塩基基のpKaHは、経時現像性の観点からは、4以上であることが好ましく、5以上であることがより好ましく、8以上であることが更に好ましい。
塩基基のpKaHの上限は、特に限定されないが、12以下であることが好ましく、9以下であることがより好ましい。
塩基基のpKaHは、塩基基に対して共役する酸のpKaを意味する。
本開示におけるpKaHは、Advanced Chemistry Development社製ACD/Labs software Ver 8.0 for Microsoft windowsのACD/pKa DB ver 8.07を使用して計算するものとする。
<<pKaH of basic group>>
When the polymer B further contains a structural unit having a basic group, the pKaH of the basic group is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and more preferably 8 or more from the viewpoint of developability with time. Is more preferable.
The upper limit of pKaH of the basic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 9 or less.
The base group pKaH means the pKa of an acid conjugated to the base group.
The pKaH in the present disclosure is calculated using ACD/Labs software Ver 8.0 for Microsoft windows ACD/pKa DB ver 8.07 manufactured by Advanced Chemistry Development.
<<塩基基の例>>
ポリマーBにおける塩基基は、特に限定されず、アミノ基、窒素原子を含む芳香環等が挙げられ、経時現像性、経時耐刷性及びアブレーション抑制性の観点からは、第三級アミノ基又はピリジル基であることがより好ましく、第三級アミノ基であることが特に好ましい。
また、ポリマーBは、経時現像性、経時耐刷性及びアブレーション抑制性の観点からは、上記酸基がカルボキシ基であり、上記塩基基が第三級アミノ基又はピリジル基であることが好ましく、上記酸基がカルボキシ基であり、上記塩基基が第三級アミノ基であることがより好ましい。
<<Example of base group>>
The basic group in the polymer B is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an amino group and an aromatic ring containing a nitrogen atom. From the viewpoint of developability with time, printing durability with time, and abrasion resistance, a tertiary amino group or pyridyl is used. A group is more preferable, and a tertiary amino group is particularly preferable.
Further, in the polymer B, it is preferable that the acid group is a carboxy group and the base group is a tertiary amino group or a pyridyl group, from the viewpoints of the developability with time, the printing durability with time, and the abrasion resistance. More preferably, the acid group is a carboxy group and the base group is a tertiary amino group.
<<塩基基を有する構成単位のClogP値>>
塩基基を有する構成単位のClogP値は、経時現像性、経時耐刷性及びアブレーション抑制性の観点から、-1.0~10であることが好ましく、1.0~5.0であることがより好ましい。
なお、塩基基を有する構成単位のClogP値は、既述の酸基を有する構成単位のClogP値と同様の方法により求められる。例えば、下記構成単位UB-1のClogP値を計算する場合、下記構造UB’-1へと変換した後にClogP値の計算を行う。
<<ClogP value of constitutional unit having basic group>>
The ClogP value of the structural unit having a basic group is preferably −1.0 to 10 and more preferably 1.0 to 5.0 from the viewpoints of developability with time, printing durability with time, and abrasion resistance. More preferable.
The ClogP value of the structural unit having a base group is determined by the same method as the ClogP value of the structural unit having an acid group described above. For example, when calculating the ClogP value of the structural unit UB-1 below, the ClogP value is calculated after conversion into the structure UB′-1 below.
<<ポリマーBの塩基価>>
ポリマーBの塩基価は、1.5meq/g~1.9meq/gであることが好ましく、1.5meq/g~1.75meq/gであることがより好ましい。
本明細書において、ポリマーBの塩基価は、JIS K 2501(2003)によって規定された過塩素酸法による塩基価を意味する。なお、塩基価とは、試料1g中に含まれる全塩基性成分を中和するのに要する塩酸または過塩素酸と当量の水酸化カリウムのミリグラム(mg)数として得られる。
<<Base number of polymer B>>
The base number of the polymer B is preferably 1.5 meq/g to 1.9 meq/g, and more preferably 1.5 meq/g to 1.75 meq/g.
In the present specification, the base number of the polymer B means the base number determined by the perchloric acid method defined by JIS K 2501 (2003). The base number is obtained as the number of milligrams (mg) of potassium hydroxide equivalent to hydrochloric acid or perchloric acid required to neutralize all the basic components contained in 1 g of the sample.
また、ポリマーBにおける酸基のモル数/塩基基のモル数の比は、0.90/1.0~1.0/0.90であることが好ましく、0.95/1.0~1.0/0.95がより好ましい。 Further, the ratio of the number of moles of acid groups/the number of moles of base groups in the polymer B is preferably 0.90/1.0 to 1.0/0.90, and 0.95/1.0 to 1 0.0/0.95 is more preferable.
-酸基を有する構成単位、及び、塩基基を有する構成単位の具体的な構造-
ポリマーBにおいて、経時現像性及びアブレーション抑制性の観点からは、酸基又は塩基基と主鎖との間の鎖長が原子数3以上であることが好ましく、酸基又は塩基基と主鎖との間の鎖長が原子数5以上であることがより好ましい。
酸基又は塩基基と主鎖との間の鎖長とは、ポリマーBにおける主鎖と、酸基又は塩基基とを結ぶ側鎖の原子数を、最小となるように数えた値であり、主鎖に含まれる原子は鎖長の数には含まれない。
上記の鎖長を構成する鎖としては、アルキル鎖、エーテル結合(-O-)、アミド結合(-C(=O)NH-、及びエステル結合(-C(=O)O-)よりなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む鎖であることが好ましい。
上記アルキル鎖は、ポリマーBに含まれる酸基及び塩基基が塩を形成しやすい観点から、分岐状又は線状の飽和アルキル鎖であることが好ましく、線状のアルキル鎖であることが好ましい。
例えば、下記構造である場合、上記鎖長は5である。
-Specific structure of structural unit having acid group and structural unit having basic group-
In the polymer B, the chain length between the acid group or the base group and the main chain is preferably 3 or more atoms from the viewpoints of the time-development property and the ablation suppression property. More preferably, the chain length between is 5 or more atoms.
The chain length between the acid group or the base group and the main chain is a value obtained by counting the number of side chain atoms connecting the main chain in the polymer B and the acid group or the base group so as to be the minimum. Atoms contained in the main chain are not included in the chain length number.
The chain constituting the above chain length is a group consisting of an alkyl chain, an ether bond (-O-), an amide bond (-C(=O)NH-, and an ester bond (-C(=O)O-). It is preferably a chain containing at least one selected from the following.
The alkyl chain is preferably a branched or linear saturated alkyl chain, and more preferably a linear alkyl chain, from the viewpoint that the acid group and base group contained in the polymer B easily form a salt.
For example, in the case of the structure below, the chain length is 5.
また、例えば、下記構造である場合、上記鎖長は1である。 Further, for example, in the case of the following structure, the above chain length is 1.
<<式A1及び式B1>>
酸基を有する構成単位は、下記式A1で表される構成単位であることが好ましい。
また、塩基基を有する構成単位は、下記式B1で表される構成単位であることが好ましい。
本開示において、式A1で表される構成単位を「構成単位A1」といい、式B1で表される構成単位を「構成単位B1」ともいう場合がある。
<<Formula A1 and Formula B1>>
The constituent unit having an acid group is preferably a constituent unit represented by the following formula A1.
Further, the structural unit having a basic group is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula B1.
In the present disclosure, the constitutional unit represented by the formula A1 may be referred to as “constitutional unit A1”, and the constitutional unit represented by the formula B1 may be referred to as “constitutional unit B1”.
式A1中、R1Aは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、X1Aは単結合、エステル結合又はアミド結合を表し、L1Aは単結合又は二価の連結基を表し、AcidはpKaが10未満の酸基を表し、*はそれぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。
式B1中、R2Bは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、X2Bは単結合、エステル結合又はアミド結合を表し、L2Bは単結合又は二価の連結基を表し、Baseは塩基基を表し、L2とBaseに含まれる原子とは環を形成してもよい。
In formula A1, R 1A represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, X 1A represents a single bond, an ester bond or an amide bond, L 1A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Acid has a pKa of less than 10. It represents an acid group, and * each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
In formula B1, R 2B represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, X 2B represents a single bond, an ester bond or an amide bond, L 2B represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Base represents a base group, L 2 and the atom contained in Base may form a ring.
<<式A1>>
式A1中、X1Aは、エステル結合又はアミド結合が好ましい。
X1Aがエステル結合を表す場合、ポリマーBの主鎖側にエステル結合における炭素原子が結合することが好ましい。
また、X1Aがアミド結合を表す場合、ポリマーBの主鎖側にアミド結合における炭素原子が結合することが好ましい。
式A1中、L1Aは、単結合又は内部にエステル結合若しくはエーテル結合を有していてもよい二価の炭化水素基であることが好ましく、単結合又は二価の炭化水素基であることがより好ましく、単結合又は二価の脂肪族飽和炭化水素基であることが更に好ましい。L1Aが二価の炭化水素基を表す場合、L1Aの炭素数は、2以上であることが好ましく、2~15であることがより好ましく、3~12であることがより好ましい。
式A1中、AcidはpKaが7以下の酸基であることが好ましく、カルボキシ基であることが好ましい。
*はそれぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。
<< Formula A1 >>
In formula A1, X 1A is preferably an ester bond or an amide bond.
When X 1A represents an ester bond, the carbon atom in the ester bond is preferably bonded to the main chain side of the polymer B.
Further, when X 1A represents an amide bond, it is preferable that the carbon atom in the amide bond is bonded to the main chain side of the polymer B.
In formula A1, L 1A is preferably a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have an ester bond or an ether bond inside, and is preferably a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group. More preferably, it is a single bond or a divalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, still more preferably. When L 1A represents a divalent hydrocarbon group, the carbon number of L 1A is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 15, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
In Formula A1, Acid is preferably an acid group having a pKa of 7 or less, and more preferably a carboxy group.
* Each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
<<式B1>>
式B1中、L2Bは、単結合又はウレア結合若しくはエーテル結合を有していてもよい二価の炭化水素基が好ましく、単結合又は二価の炭化水素基がより好ましく、単結合又は二価の脂肪族飽和炭化水素基であることが更に好ましい。L2Bが二価の炭化水素基を表す場合、L2Bの炭素数は、1以上であることが好ましく、2~10であることがより好ましく、2~8であることが更に好ましい。
式B1中、Baseは、第三級アミノ基又はピリジル基であることが好ましい。
L2BとBaseに含まれる原子とは結合して環を形成してもよく、形成される環としては、テトラメチルピペリジン環等が好ましく挙げられる。
*はそれぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。
<< Formula B1 >>
In formula B1, L 2B is preferably a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a urea bond or an ether bond, more preferably a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group, and a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group. More preferably, it is an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group. When L 2B represents a divalent hydrocarbon group, the carbon number of L 2B is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 2 to 8.
In Formula B1, Base is preferably a tertiary amino group or a pyridyl group.
L 2B and the atom contained in Base may combine with each other to form a ring, and the ring formed is preferably a tetramethylpiperidine ring or the like.
* Each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
<<式a及び式b>>
構成単位A1は、下記式aで表される構成単位であることが好ましい。
また、構成単位B1は、下記式bで表される構成単位であることが好ましい。
<<Expression a and Expression b>>
The structural unit A1 is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula a.
Further, the structural unit B1 is preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula b.
式a中、R3Aは、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、X3Aは、-O-又は-NR7A-を表し、R7Aは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、L3Aは単結合又は炭素数1以上の二価の炭化水素基を表し、*は、それぞれ独立、他の構造との結合部位を表す。
式b中、R4Bは、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、X4Bは、-O-又は-NR8B-を表し、R8Bは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、L4B、R5B及びR6Bのうち少なくとも2つは結合して環を形成してもよく、L4Bは、単結合又は炭素数1以上の二価の炭化水素基を表し、R5B及びR6Bはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1以上の一価の炭化水素基を表し、*は、それぞれ独立に、他の構造との結合部位を表す。
In formula a, R 3A represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, X 3A represents —O— or —NR 7A —, R 7A represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and L 3A represents a single bond or a carbon number. It represents one or more divalent hydrocarbon groups, and * each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
In formula b, R 4B represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, X 4B represents —O— or —NR 8B —, R 8B represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, L 4B , R 5B and R 6B At least two of them may combine to form a ring, L 4B represents a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 or more carbon atoms, and R 5B and R 6B each independently have a carbon number. It represents one or more monovalent hydrocarbon groups, and * each independently represents a binding site with another structure.
<<式a>>
式a中、X3Aが-NR7Aを表す場合、R7Aは水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子であることがより好ましい。
式a中、L3Aは単結合又は炭素数1以上の二価の炭化水素基を表し、単結合又は内部にエステル結合若しくはエーテル結合を有していてもよい二価の炭化水素基であることが好ましく、単結合又は二価の炭化水素基であることがより好ましく、単結合又は二価の脂肪族飽和炭化水素基であることが更に好ましい。L3Aが二価の炭化水素基を表す場合、L3Aの炭素数は、2~15であることがより好ましく、3~12であることがより好ましい。
<< formula a >>
In formula a, when X 3A represents —NR 7A , R 7A is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. Is more preferable.
In formula a, L 3A represents a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 or more carbon atoms, and is a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have an ester bond or an ether bond therein. Is more preferable, a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group is more preferable, and a single bond or a divalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group is further preferable. When L 3A represents a divalent hydrocarbon group, the number of carbon atoms in L 3A is more preferably 2-15, and even more preferably 3-12.
酸基を有する構成単位の好ましい具体例を下記に示すが、酸基を有する構成単位はこれに限定されるものではない。 Preferred specific examples of the structural unit having an acid group are shown below, but the structural unit having an acid group is not limited thereto.
ポリマーBは、酸基を有する構成単位を、1種単独で有していても、2種以上を有していてもよい。
酸基を有する構成単位(好ましくは、構成単位A1、より好ましくは構成単位a)の含有量は、ポリマーBの全質量に対し、5質量%以上70質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以上50質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
The polymer B may have one type of structural unit having an acid group, or may have two or more types.
The content of the structural unit having an acid group (preferably the structural unit A1, more preferably the structural unit a) is preferably 5% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the polymer B, and 10% by mass. % Or more and 50 mass% or less is more preferable.
<<式b>>
式b中、X4Bが-NR8Bを表す場合、R8Bは水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子であることがより好ましい。
式b中、L4Bは単結合又は炭素数1以上の二価の炭化水素基を表し、単結合又はウレア結合若しくはエーテル結合を有していてもよい二価の炭化水素基が好ましく、単結合又は二価の炭化水素基がより好ましく、単結合又は二価の脂肪族飽和炭化水素基であることが更に好ましい。L4Bの炭素数は2~10であることがより好ましく、2~8であることが更に好ましい。
式b中、L4B、R5B及びR6Bのうち少なくとも2つは結合して環を形成してもよく、形成される環としては、テトラメチルピペリジン環等が好ましく挙げられる。
R5B及びR6Bはそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1以上の一価の炭化水素基を表し、炭素数1以上の脂肪族飽和炭化水素基であることが好ましい。R5B及びR6Bの炭素数は、1~10であることが好ましい。
式b中、Nは第三級アミノ基に含まれる窒素原子である。
<< formula b >>
In formula b, when X 4B represents —NR 8B , R 8B is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. Is more preferable.
In formula b, L 4B represents a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 or more carbon atoms, preferably a single bond or a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a urea bond or an ether bond, and a single bond Alternatively, a divalent hydrocarbon group is more preferable, and a single bond or a divalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group is further preferable. The carbon number of L 4B is more preferably 2-10, and even more preferably 2-8.
In formula b, at least two members out of L 4B , R 5B and R 6B may combine to form a ring, and the formed ring is preferably a tetramethylpiperidine ring or the like.
R 5B and R 6B each independently represent a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 or more carbon atoms, and preferably an aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 or more carbon atoms. The carbon number of R 5B and R 6B is preferably 1-10.
In the formula b, N is a nitrogen atom contained in the tertiary amino group.
塩基基を有する構成単位の好ましい具体例を下記に示すが、塩基基を有する構成単位はこれに限定されるものではない。 Preferred specific examples of the structural unit having a base group are shown below, but the structural unit having a base group is not limited thereto.
塩基基を有する構成単位(好ましくは、構成単位B1、より好ましくは構成単位b)の含有量は、ポリマーBの全質量に対し、5質量%以上70質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以上50質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of the structural unit having a basic group (preferably the structural unit B1, more preferably the structural unit b) is preferably 5% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the polymer B, and 10% by mass. % Or more and 50 mass% or less is more preferable.
<<その他の構成単位>>
ポリマーBは、酸基を有する構成単位及び塩基基を有する構成単位以外のその他の構成単位を更に含むことが好ましい。
その他の構成単位としては、(メタ)アクリレート化合物、(メタ)アクリルアミド化合物、スチレン化合物等により形成される構成単位等が挙げられるが、(メタ)アクリレート化合物により形成される構成単位が好ましく、着肉性の観点から、親水性基を有さない(メタ)アクリレート化合物により形成される構成単位であることがより好ましい。
<<Other structural units>>
The polymer B preferably further contains a constitutional unit other than the constitutional unit having an acid group and the constitutional unit having a basic group.
Examples of the other structural unit include a structural unit formed by a (meth)acrylate compound, a (meth)acrylamide compound, a styrene compound and the like, but a structural unit formed by a (meth)acrylate compound is preferable, and From the viewpoint of sex, a structural unit formed of a (meth)acrylate compound having no hydrophilic group is more preferable.
<<(メタ)アクリレート化合物>>
(メタ)アクリレート化合物により形成される構成単位の含有量は、ポリマーBの全質量に対し、0.1質量%以上50質量%以下であることが好ましく、5質量%以上30質量%であることがより好ましい。
(メタ)アクリレート化合物は、1分子中に1個の(メタ)アクリロキシ基を有する単官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であってもよく、1分子中に2個以上の(メタ)アクリロキシ基を有する多官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であってもよいが、経時現像性の観点からは、単官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物が好ましい。
インキ着肉性及び耐傷性の観点から、(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、親水性基を有さず、かつ、単官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物が好ましく、親水性基を有さず、かつ、単官能のメタクリル酸エステル化合物がより好ましい。
親水性基を有さず、かつ、単官能のメタクリレート化合物としては、アルキルメタクリレート化合物、シクロアルキルメタクリレート化合物等が挙げられる。これらは、親水性基以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
上記の中でも、インキ着肉性の観点から、炭素数1~12のアルキル基を有するメタクリル酸アルキルエステルが好ましい。
炭素数1~12のアルキル基を有するアルキルメタクリレート化合物の具体例としては、メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸エチル、メタクリル酸プロピル、メタクリル酸n-ブチル、メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル等が挙げられる。
<<(meth)acrylate compound>>
The content of the structural unit formed by the (meth)acrylate compound is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, and preferably 5% by mass or more and 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymer B. Is more preferable.
The (meth)acrylate compound may be a monofunctional (meth)acrylate compound having one (meth)acryloxy group in one molecule, and may have two or more (meth)acryloxy groups in one molecule. Although it may be a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate compound, a monofunctional (meth)acrylate compound is preferable from the viewpoint of developability with time.
From the viewpoint of ink receptivity and scratch resistance, the (meth)acrylate compound does not have a hydrophilic group, and is preferably a monofunctional (meth)acrylate compound, does not have a hydrophilic group, and, A monofunctional methacrylic acid ester compound is more preferable.
Examples of monofunctional methacrylate compounds having no hydrophilic group include alkyl methacrylate compounds and cycloalkyl methacrylate compounds. These may have a substituent other than the hydrophilic group.
Among the above, methacrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of ink receptivity.
Specific examples of the alkyl methacrylate compound having an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, propyl methacrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate and the like.
-ポリマーBの分子量-
ポリマーBの重量平均分子量は、経時現像性及び経時耐刷性の観点から、5,000~200,000であることが好ましく、8,000~100,000であることがより好ましい。
-Molecular weight of polymer B-
The weight average molecular weight of the polymer B is preferably 5,000 to 200,000, and more preferably 8,000 to 100,000 from the viewpoints of the developability with time and the printing durability with time.
-ポリマーBの含有量-
画像記録層上層は、ポリマーBを1種単独で含有しても、2種以上を含有してもよい。
ポリマーBの含有量は、画像記録層上層の全質量に対し、10質量%~99質量%であることが好ましく、20質量%~95質量%であることがより好ましく、30質量%~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。
-Content of Polymer B-
The upper layer of the image recording layer may contain the polymer B alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the polymer B is preferably 10% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 95% by mass, and further preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total mass of the upper layer of the image recording layer. % Is more preferable.
ポリマーBは、例えば、公知の方法により製造される。例えば、各構成単位の形成に用いられるモノマーと、公知の重合開始剤を含む組成物を用い、加熱又は露光等のエネルギー付与を行うことにより重合体としてポリマーBを得ることができる。上記組成物は公知の添加剤を更に含有してもよい。
上記エネルギー付与の詳細な条件としても、公知の文献を参照して決定すればよい。
The polymer B is produced, for example, by a known method. For example, the polymer B can be obtained as a polymer by applying energy such as heating or exposure using a composition containing a monomer used for forming each structural unit and a known polymerization initiator. The composition may further contain known additives.
The detailed conditions for applying energy may be determined with reference to a known document.
以下に、ポリマーBの具体例を示すが、本開示は、これらに限定されるものではない。
下記具体例中、各構成単位の欄の記載は、上述の各構成単位の具体例において示した記号と同様の構成単位を表す。
下記具体例中、各構成単位の含有量の記載は、各構成単位のポリマーBの全質量に対する含有量(質量比)を表す。MMA、EHMA、BnMAの記載が示す構成単位については後述する。
Specific examples of the polymer B are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
In the following specific examples, the description in the column of each structural unit represents the same structural unit as the symbol shown in the specific example of each structural unit described above.
In the following specific examples, the description of the content of each structural unit represents the content (mass ratio) of each structural unit with respect to the total mass of the polymer B. The structural units indicated by the descriptions of MMA, EHMA, and BnMA will be described later.
他の構成単位1中のMMA、EHMA、及び、BnMAと記載した構成単位は、それぞれ下記構造の構成単位である。 The constituent units described as MMA, EHMA, and BnMA in the other constituent units 1 are constituent units having the following structures, respectively.
〔赤外線吸収剤〕
本開示に係る平版印刷版原版における画像記録層上層は、赤外線吸収剤を含有する。
画像記録層上層に用いられる赤外線吸収剤の好ましい態様としては、上記画像記録層下層に用いられる赤外線吸収剤の好ましい態様と同様である。
[Infrared absorber]
The upper layer of the image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure contains an infrared absorber.
The preferred embodiment of the infrared absorbent used in the upper layer of the image recording layer is the same as the preferred embodiment of the infrared absorbent used in the lower layer of the image recording layer.
〔その他のバインダーポリマー〕
画像記録層上層は、ポリマーB以外のその他のバインダーポリマーを更に含んでいてもよい。
画像記録層は、その他のバインダーポリマーとして、フェノール樹脂、スチレン-アクリロニトリル共重合体、アクリル樹脂、アセタール樹脂、及び、ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を更に含むことが好ましい。
その他のバインダーポリマーは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂であることが好ましく、弱アルカリ可溶性樹脂であることがより好ましい。
[Other binder polymers]
The upper layer of the image recording layer may further contain a binder polymer other than the polymer B.
The image recording layer is selected from the group consisting of a phenol resin, a styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer, an acrylic resin, an acetal resin, and a resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain as the other binder polymer. It is preferable to further include at least one kind.
The other binder polymer is preferably an alkali-soluble resin, and more preferably a weak alkali-soluble resin.
-フェノール樹脂-
本開示において用いられるその他のバインダーポリマーとして用いられるフェノール樹脂としては、重量平均分子量が2,000を超えるフェノール樹脂であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量が2,000を超えるフェノール樹脂は、構成単位としてフェノール、あるいは置換フェノール類を含むフェノール樹脂であり、好ましくはノボラック樹脂である。ノボラック樹脂は、平版印刷版原版において、未露光部において強い水素結合性を生起し、露光部において一部の水素結合が容易に解除されるといった点から好ましく用いられる。
このノボラック樹脂は、分子内に構成単位としてフェノール類を含むものであれば特に制限はない。
本開示におけるノボラック樹脂は、フェノール、以下に示される置換フェノール類と、アルデヒド類との縮合反応により得られる樹脂であり、フェノール類としては、具体的には、フェノール、イソプロピルフェノール、t-ブチルフェノール、t-アミルフェノール、ヘキシルフェノール、シクロヘキシルフェノール、3-メチル-4-クロロ-6-t-ブチルフェノール、イソプロピルクレゾール、t-ブチルクレゾール、t-アミルクレゾールが挙げられる。好ましくは、t-ブチルフェノール、t-ブチルクレゾールである。また、アルデヒド類の例としては、ホルムアルデヒド、アセトアルデヒド、アクロレイン、クロトンアルデヒド等の脂肪族及び芳香族アルデヒドが挙げられる。好ましくは、ホルムアルデヒド、アセトアルデヒドである。
より具体的には、本開示におけるノボラック樹脂しては、例えば、フェノールとホルムアルデヒドとの縮重合体(フェノールホルムアルデヒド樹脂)、m-クレゾールとホルムアルデヒドとの縮重合体(m-クレゾールホルムアルデヒド樹脂)、p-クレゾールとホルムアルデヒドとの縮重合体(p-クレゾールホルムアルデヒド樹脂)、m-/p-混合クレゾールとホルムアルデヒドとの縮重合体(m-/p-混合クレゾールホルムアルデヒド樹脂)、フェノールとクレゾール(m-,p-,又はm-/p-混合のいずれでもよい)とホルムアルデヒドとの縮重合体(フェノール/クレゾール(m-,p-,又はm-/p-混合のいずれでもよい)混合ホルムアルデヒド樹脂)等が挙げられる。
また、ノボラック樹脂としては、更に、米国特許第4,123,279号明細書に記載されているように、t-ブチルフェノールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、オクチルフェノールホルムアルデヒド樹脂のような、炭素数3~8のアルキル基を置換基として有するフェノールとホルムアルデヒドとの縮重合体が挙げられる。
これらノボラック樹脂の中でも、特に好ましいものとして、フェノールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、フェノール/クレゾール混合ホルムアルデヒド樹脂が挙げられる。
-Phenolic resin-
The phenol resin used as the other binder polymer used in the present disclosure is preferably a phenol resin having a weight average molecular weight of more than 2,000. The phenol resin having a weight average molecular weight of more than 2,000 is a phenol resin containing phenol or a substituted phenol as a constituent unit, preferably a novolak resin. The novolak resin is preferably used in the lithographic printing plate precursor because it causes a strong hydrogen bonding property in the unexposed area and a part of the hydrogen bonding is easily released in the exposed area.
The novolac resin is not particularly limited as long as it contains phenols as a constituent unit in the molecule.
The novolak resin in the present disclosure is a resin obtained by a condensation reaction of phenol, a substituted phenol shown below, and an aldehyde. Specific examples of the phenol include phenol, isopropylphenol, t-butylphenol, Examples thereof include t-amylphenol, hexylphenol, cyclohexylphenol, 3-methyl-4-chloro-6-t-butylphenol, isopropylcresol, t-butylcresol and t-amylcresol. Preferred are t-butylphenol and t-butylcresol. In addition, examples of aldehydes include aliphatic and aromatic aldehydes such as formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, acrolein, and crotonaldehyde. Formaldehyde and acetaldehyde are preferred.
More specifically, examples of the novolak resin in the present disclosure include a condensation polymer of phenol and formaldehyde (phenol formaldehyde resin), a condensation polymer of m-cresol and formaldehyde (m-cresol formaldehyde resin), p. -Polycondensation polymer of cresol and formaldehyde (p-cresol formaldehyde resin), polycondensation polymer of m-/p-mixed cresol and formaldehyde (m-/p-mixed cresol-formaldehyde resin), phenol and cresol (m-, Condensation polymer of p- or m-/p-mixture) and formaldehyde (phenol/cresol (m-, p-, or m-/p-mixture) mixed formaldehyde resin), etc. Is mentioned.
Further, as the novolac resin, as described in US Pat. No. 4,123,279, an alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as t-butylphenol formaldehyde resin and octylphenol formaldehyde resin is further used. Examples thereof include a condensation polymer of phenol and formaldehyde having a substituent.
Among these novolak resins, phenol formaldehyde resin and phenol/cresol mixed formaldehyde resin are particularly preferable.
上記フェノール樹脂の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは2,000を超え50,000以下であり、2,500~20,000であることが更に好ましく、3,000~10,000であることが特に好ましい。また、分散度(重量平均分子量/数平均分子量)は、1.1~10であることが好ましい。
上記数平均分子量は、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)を溶剤とした場合のゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)により測定されるポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量である。
このようなフェノール樹脂は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。
本開示における画像記録層上層中のフェノール樹脂の含有量は、画像形成性に優れた平版印刷版原版を得る観点から、ポリマーBの全質量に対し、1質量%~90質量%が好ましく、5質量%~50質量%であることがより好ましく、10質量%~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight of the phenol resin is preferably more than 2,000 and 50,000 or less, more preferably 2,500 to 20,000, and particularly preferably 3,000 to 10,000. .. The dispersity (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight) is preferably 1.1 to 10.
The number average molecular weight is a polystyrene equivalent number average molecular weight measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) using tetrahydrofuran (THF) as a solvent.
Such phenolic resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the phenol resin in the upper layer of the image recording layer in the present disclosure is preferably 1% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymer B, from the viewpoint of obtaining a lithographic printing plate precursor excellent in image forming property. It is more preferably from 50% by mass to 50% by mass, and particularly preferably from 10% by mass to 30% by mass.
-側鎖に酸性基を含有する樹脂-
その他のバインダーポリマーとしては、スチレン-アクリロニトリル共重合体、アクリル樹脂、アセタール樹脂、及び、ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂が挙げられる。
これらの樹脂としては、下記(1)~(6)に挙げる酸性基を高分子の側鎖中に有する樹脂を好適に用いることができる。
-Resin containing an acidic group in the side chain-
Examples of the other binder polymer include a styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer, an acrylic resin, an acetal resin, and a resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond, or an amide bond in its main chain.
As these resins, resins having the acidic groups listed in the following (1) to (6) in the side chain of the polymer can be preferably used.
(1)フェノール性水酸基(-Ar-OH)
(2)スルホンアミド基(-SO2NH-R)
(3)置換スルホンアミド系酸基(以下、「活性イミド基」という。)
〔-SO2NHCOR、-SO2NHSO2R、-CONHSO2R〕
(4)カルボン酸基(-CO2H)
(5)スルホン酸基(-SO3H)
(6)リン酸基(-OPO3H2)
上記(1)~(6)中、Arは置換基を有していてもよい二価のアリール連結基を表し、Rは、水素原子又は置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基を表す。
(1) Phenolic hydroxyl group (-Ar-OH)
(2) Sulfonamide group (-SO 2 NH-R)
(3) Substituted sulfonamide acid group (hereinafter referred to as "active imide group")
[-SO 2 NHCOR, -SO 2 NHSO 2 R, -CONHSO 2 R]
(4) Carboxylic acid group (—CO 2 H)
(5) Sulfonic acid group (-SO 3 H)
(6) Phosphate group (-OPO 3 H 2 )
In the above (1) to (6), Ar represents a divalent aryl linking group which may have a substituent, and R represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. ..
上記(1)~(6)より選ばれる酸性基を有する樹脂の中でも、pKaが9以下の酸基を側鎖に有する樹脂が好ましく、カルボキシ基を側鎖に有する樹脂がより好ましい。 Among the resins having an acidic group selected from the above (1) to (6), a resin having an acid group with a pKa of 9 or less in its side chain is preferable, and a resin having a carboxy group in its side chain is more preferable.
<<スチレン-アクリロニトリル共重合体>>
スチレン-アクリロニトリル共重合体は、スチレン由来の構成単位と、アクリロニトリル由来の構成単位を少なくとも含む樹脂であれば、特に制限はないが、上記酸性基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。
また、スチレン-アクリロニトリル共重合体としては、平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に用いるものとして公知のものを特に制限なく使用することができる。
アクリロニトリル由来の共重合成分としては、アクリロニトリル、メタアクリロニトリルが挙げられるが、このうち好ましいのは、アクリロニトリルである。
また、スチレン由来の共重合成分としては、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、p-ヒドロキシスチレン、p-カルボキシスチレン等が挙げられ、いずれも好適に使用することができる。
アクリロニトリル由来の共重合成分とスチレン由来の共重合成分との比率であるが、その総量に対しアクリロニトリル由来の共重合成分が5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~45質量%であることがより好ましい。
<<Styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer>>
The styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin containing at least a structural unit derived from styrene and a structural unit derived from acrylonitrile, but is preferably a resin having the above acidic group.
As the styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer, those known as those used for the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor can be used without particular limitation.
Examples of the acrylonitrile-derived copolymerization component include acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile. Of these, acrylonitrile is preferable.
Examples of the styrene-derived copolymerization component include styrene, α-methylstyrene, p-hydroxystyrene, p-carboxystyrene and the like, and any of them can be preferably used.
The ratio of the acrylonitrile-derived copolymerization component to the styrene-derived copolymerization component is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, and 10% by mass to 45% by mass of the total amount of the acrylonitrile-derived copolymerization component. % Is more preferable.
また、アクリロニトリル由来の構成単位、スチレン由来の構成単位以外に、他の構成単位を更に含んでもよい。他の構成単位としては、共重合可能なC=C結合を有する化合物に由来する構成単位であれば特に指定はないが、アクリル系の化合物が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル(メタ)アクリレート及び炭素数1~6のヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートを挙げることができる。
また、酸性基を有する構成単位を更に含んでもよい。
酸性基を有する構成単位としては、(メタ)アクリル酸、ヒドロキシフェニル(メタ)アクリレート等の重合性化合物に由来する構成単位等が挙げられる。また、後述するアクリル樹脂における酸性基を有する構成単位を含んでもよい。
これらの他の構成単位は、樹脂の全質量に対し、1質量%~30質量%の間で含有することができる。
スチレン-アクリロニトリル共重合体は、乳化重合、懸濁重合、溶液重合、塊状重合といった公知のラジカル重合法、カチオン重合法、アニオン重合法などにより合成することができる。また共重合体の形として、線状のランダム共重合体に限らず、ブロック共重合体、グラフト共重合体であってもよい。
Further, in addition to the structural unit derived from acrylonitrile and the structural unit derived from styrene, other structural units may be further included. The other structural unit is not particularly specified as long as it is a structural unit derived from a compound having a copolymerizable C=C bond, but an acrylic compound is preferable, and an alkyl (meth)acrylate having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. And hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Moreover, you may further contain the structural unit which has an acidic group.
Examples of the structural unit having an acidic group include structural units derived from a polymerizable compound such as (meth)acrylic acid and hydroxyphenyl(meth)acrylate. It may also contain a structural unit having an acidic group in the acrylic resin described later.
These other constitutional units can be contained in an amount of 1% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total mass of the resin.
The styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer can be synthesized by a known radical polymerization method such as emulsion polymerization, suspension polymerization, solution polymerization, or bulk polymerization, cationic polymerization method, anionic polymerization method, or the like. Further, the shape of the copolymer is not limited to a linear random copolymer, and may be a block copolymer or a graft copolymer.
本開示において、好ましいスチレン-アクリロニトリル共重合体の重量平均分子量は1,000~1,000,000であり、より好ましくは3,000~300,000である。
画像記録層におけるスチレン-アクリロニトリル共重合体の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、5質量%~80質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、10質量%~70質量%の範囲であることがより好ましい。
In the present disclosure, the preferred styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer has a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 1,000,000, and more preferably 3,000 to 300,000.
The content of the styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer in the image recording layer is preferably in the range of 5% by mass to 80% by mass, and in the range of 10% by mass to 70% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. Is more preferable.
-アクリル樹脂-
アクリル樹脂は、アクリル化合物由来の構成単位を少なくとも含む樹脂であれば、特に制限はないが、上記酸性基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。
また、アクリル樹脂としては、平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に用いるものとして公知のものを特に制限なく使用することができる。
アクリル樹脂としては、酸性基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーを1つ以上含むモノマー又はその混合物を重合することによって生成した高分子が好適に用いられる。
-acrylic resin-
The acrylic resin is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin containing at least a structural unit derived from an acrylic compound, but is preferably a resin having the above acidic group.
As the acrylic resin, those known as those used for the image recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor can be used without particular limitation.
As the acrylic resin, a polymer produced by polymerizing a monomer containing at least one ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an acidic group or a mixture thereof is preferably used.
酸性基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル酸、又は、下記式により表されるモノマーが好ましく挙げられる。これらのモノマーの中でも(メタ)アクリル酸が好ましく、メタクリル酸がより好ましい。 As the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an acidic group, (meth)acrylic acid or a monomer represented by the following formula is preferable. Among these monomers, (meth)acrylic acid is preferable, and methacrylic acid is more preferable.
現像性に優れることから、酸性基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーの含有量は、アクリル樹脂の全質量に対し、1質量%~30質量%が好ましく、5質量%~25質量%がより好ましく、10質量%~20質量%が更に好ましい。 The content of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an acidic group is preferably 1% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 25% by mass, based on the total mass of the acrylic resin, since it has excellent developability. It is more preferably 10% by mass to 20% by mass.
酸性基を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマー以外の他のモノマーとしては、アルキル(メタ)アクリレートや、脂肪族水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類、(メタ)アクリルアミド、ビニルエステル類、スチレン類、N-ビニルピロリドン等の窒素原子含有モノマー、マレイミド類が挙げられる。これらの他のモノマーのうち、好適に使用されるものは、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類、(メタ)アクリルアミド類、マレイミド類、(メタ)アクリロニトリルであり、より好適には(メタ)アクリルアミド、マレイミド類である。 Examples of monomers other than the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an acidic group include alkyl (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylic acid esters having an aliphatic hydroxyl group, (meth)acrylamides, vinyl esters, styrenes, N Examples include nitrogen atom-containing monomers such as vinylpyrrolidone and maleimides. Among these other monomers, preferably used are (meth)acrylic acid esters, (meth)acrylamides, maleimides, and (meth)acrylonitrile, and more preferably (meth)acrylamide and maleimide. It is a kind.
マレイミド類としては、N-置換マレイミドが好ましく、N-置換マレイミドとしては、例えば、N-メチルマレイミド、N-エチルマレイミド、N-n-プロピルマレイミド、N-i-プロピルマレイミド、N-n-ブチルマレイミド、N-t-ブチルマレイミド、N-n-ヘキシルマレイミド、N-シクロペンチルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミド、N-1-ナフチルマレイミド等を挙げることができる。中でも、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミドが好ましく、N-フェニルマレイミドがより好ましい。N-置換マレイミドは、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The maleimides are preferably N-substituted maleimides, and the N-substituted maleimides include, for example, N-methylmaleimide, N-ethylmaleimide, Nn-propylmaleimide, Ni-propylmaleimide, Nn-butyl. Examples thereof include maleimide, Nt-butylmaleimide, Nn-hexylmaleimide, N-cyclopentylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide and N-1-naphthylmaleimide. Among them, N-cyclohexylmaleimide and N-phenylmaleimide are preferable, and N-phenylmaleimide is more preferable. The N-substituted maleimides may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
N-置換マレイミドに由来する構成単位の含有量は、アクリル樹脂の全質量に対し、50質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%~50質量%がより好ましく、10質量%~40質量%が更に好ましい。 The content of the structural unit derived from the N-substituted maleimide is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, further preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the acrylic resin. ..
また、(メタ)アクリルアミドに由来する構成単位を含む場合、上記構成単位の含有量は、アクリル樹脂の全質量に対し、40質量%以下が好ましく、1質量%~40質量%がより好ましく、2質量%~30質量%が更に好ましい。 When it contains a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylamide, the content of the structural unit is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the acrylic resin. More preferably, it is from 30% by mass to 30% by mass.
アクリル樹脂の重量平均分子量は、2,000以上が好ましく、10,000~100,000がより好ましく、30,000~60,000が更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, further preferably 30,000 to 60,000.
画像記録層上層中におけるアクリル樹脂の含有量は、画像記録層上層の全質量に対して、1質量%~60質量%が好ましく、5質量%~50質量%がより好ましい。 The content of the acrylic resin in the upper layer of the image recording layer is preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the upper layer of the image recording layer.
-アセタール樹脂-
また、アセタール樹脂としては、下記式EV-1及び下記式EV-2により表される構成単位を含む高分子化合物が挙げられる。
-Acetal resin-
Examples of the acetal resin include polymer compounds containing a structural unit represented by the following formula EV-1 and the following formula EV-2.
式EV-1又は式EV-2中、Lは二価の連結基を表し、xは0又は1であり、R1は少なくとも一つのヒドロキシ基を有する芳香環基又はヘテロ芳香環基を表し、R2及びR3はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換基を有してもよい線状又は分岐状、あるいは環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい線状又は分岐状、あるいは環状のアルケニル基、又は、置換基を有してもよい芳香環、若しくは、置換基を有してもよいヘテロ芳香環を表す。 In Formula EV-1 or Formula EV-2, L represents a divalent linking group, x is 0 or 1, R 1 represents an aromatic ring group or a heteroaromatic ring group having at least one hydroxy group, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a linear or branched group which may have a substituent, or a cyclic alkyl group, a linear or branched group which may have a substituent, Alternatively, it represents a cyclic alkenyl group, an aromatic ring which may have a substituent, or a heteroaromatic ring which may have a substituent.
式EV-1中、R1は少なくとも一つのヒドロキシ基を有する芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環を表し、ヒドロキシ基はLとの結合部位に対し、オルト、メタ、パラ位のいずれに有していてもよい。
芳香環の好ましい例としては、フェニル基、ベンジル基、トリル基、o-、m-、p-キシリル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基、及び、フェナントレニル基が挙げられる。
ヘテロ芳香環の好ましい例としては、フリル基、ピリジル基、ピリミジル基、ピラゾイル基、及び、チオフェニル基が挙げられる。
これらの芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環は、水酸基以外の置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、メチル基、エチル基等のアルキル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等のアルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、チオアルキル基、チオアリール基、-SH、アゾアルキル基やアゾフェニル基等のアゾ基、チオアルキル基、アミノ基、エテニル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、又は、複素脂環式基が挙げられる。
R1はヒドロキシ基を有するヒドロキシフェニル基又はヒドロキシナフチル基であることが好ましく、ヒドロキシフェニル基であることがより好ましい。
ヒドロキシフェニル基としては、2-、3-、又は、4-ヒドロキシフェニル基が挙げられる。
ヒドロキシナフチル基としては、2,3-、2,4-、又は、2,5-ジヒドロキシナフチル基、1,2,3-トリヒドロキシナフチル基、及び、ヒドロキシナフチル基が挙げられる。
ヒドロキシフェニル基又はヒドロキシナフチル基は置換基を有していてもよく、好ましい置換基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等のアルコキシ基が挙げられる。
In Formula EV-1, R 1 represents an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring having at least one hydroxy group, and the hydroxy group may be in the ortho, meta or para position with respect to the binding site with L. Good.
Preferable examples of the aromatic ring include phenyl group, benzyl group, tolyl group, o-, m-, p-xylyl group, naphthyl group, anthracenyl group, and phenanthrenyl group.
Preferred examples of the heteroaromatic ring include a furyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyrimidyl group, a pyrazoyl group and a thiophenyl group.
These aromatic rings or heteroaromatic rings may have a substituent other than a hydroxyl group, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group such as a methyl group and an ethyl group, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group and an ethoxy group, an aryloxy group. Group, thioalkyl group, thioaryl group, -SH, azo group such as azoalkyl group and azophenyl group, thioalkyl group, amino group, ethenyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, or hetero group Examples thereof include alicyclic groups.
R 1 is preferably a hydroxyphenyl group having a hydroxy group or a hydroxynaphthyl group, and more preferably a hydroxyphenyl group.
Examples of the hydroxyphenyl group include 2-, 3-, or 4-hydroxyphenyl groups.
Examples of the hydroxynaphthyl group include 2,3-, 2,4-, or 2,5-dihydroxynaphthyl group, 1,2,3-trihydroxynaphthyl group, and hydroxynaphthyl group.
The hydroxyphenyl group or hydroxynaphthyl group may have a substituent, and preferable examples of the substituent include alkoxy groups such as methoxy group and ethoxy group.
式EV-1中、Lは二価の連結基を表し、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、ヘテロアリーレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-NH-C(=O)-、-NH-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-NH-、-NH-C(=O)-NH-、-NH-C(=S)-NH-、-S(=O)-、-S(=O)2-、-CH=N-、-NH-NH-、又は、これらの結合により表される基を表すことが好ましい。
上記アルキレン基、アリーレン基、又は、ヘテロアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、アルキル基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、モノアルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基、及び、ホスホン酸基又はその塩が挙げられる。
Lは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、又は、ヘテロアリーレン基であることがより好ましく、-CH2-、-CH2-CH2-、-CH2-CH2-CH2-、又は、フェニレン基であることが更に好ましい。
In Formula EV-1, L represents a divalent linking group, and an alkylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, —O—, —C(═O)—, —C(═O)O—, —C( =O)-NH-, -NH-C(=O)-, -NH-C(=O)-O-, -OC-(=O)-NH-, -NH-C(=O)- NH-, -NH-C(=S)-NH-, -S(=O)-, -S(=O)2-, -CH=N-, -NH-NH-, or a bond thereof It is preferred to represent the groups represented.
The alkylene group, the arylene group, or the heteroarylene group may have a substituent, and as the substituent, an alkyl group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a monoalkylamino group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, and , Phosphonic acid groups or salts thereof.
L is an alkylene group, an arylene group, or, more preferably heteroarylene group, -CH 2 -, - CH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -, or, phenylene group More preferably,
式EV-2中、R2及びR3はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換基を有してもよい線状又は分岐状、あるいは環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい線状又は分岐状、あるいは環状のアルケニル基、又は、置換基を有してもよい芳香環、若しくは、置換基を有してもよいヘテロ芳香環を表す。
アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、クロロメチル基、トリクロロメチル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、1-メトキシブチル基、イソヘキシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及び、メチルシクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。
アルケニル基としては、エテニル基、n-プロペニル基、n-ブテニル基、n-ペンテニル基、n-ヘキセニル基、イソプロペニル基、イソブテニル基、イソペンテニル基、ネオペンテニル基、1-メチルブテニル基、イソヘキセニル基、シクロペンテニル基、シクロヘキセニル基、及び、メチルシクロヘキセニル基が挙げられる。
ハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子が挙げられる。
芳香環としては、好ましくは、フェニル基、ベンジル基、トリル基、o-、m-、p-キシリル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基、及び、フェナントレニル基等のアリール基が挙げられる。
ヘテロ芳香環としては、フリル基、ピリジル基、ピリミジル基、ピラゾイル基、及び、チオフェニル基等が挙げられる。
R2及びR3はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、塩素原子又はメチル基を表すことが好ましく、水素原子を表すことがより好ましい。
In Formula EV-2, R 2 and R 3 may each independently have a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group which may have a substituent, or a cyclic alkyl group which may have a substituent. It represents a linear, branched, or cyclic alkenyl group, an aromatic ring that may have a substituent, or a heteroaromatic ring that may have a substituent.
Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, chloromethyl group, trichloromethyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group. , 1-methoxybutyl group, isohexyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and methylcyclohexyl group.
Examples of the alkenyl group include ethenyl group, n-propenyl group, n-butenyl group, n-pentenyl group, n-hexenyl group, isopropenyl group, isobutenyl group, isopentenyl group, neopentenyl group, 1-methylbutenyl group, isohexenyl group. Group, cyclopentenyl group, cyclohexenyl group, and methylcyclohexenyl group.
A chlorine atom is mentioned as a halogen atom.
The aromatic ring preferably includes aryl groups such as phenyl group, benzyl group, tolyl group, o-, m-, p-xylyl group, naphthyl group, anthracenyl group and phenanthrenyl group.
Examples of the heteroaromatic ring include a furyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyrimidyl group, a pyrazoyl group, and a thiophenyl group.
R 2 and R 3 each independently preferably represent a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
上記アルキル基、アルケニル基、芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環における置換基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等のアルコキシ基、チオアルキル基、及び、-SHが挙げられる。
芳香環又はヘテロ芳香環は、置換基として、アリーロキシ基、チオアリール基、アゾアルキル基及びアゾアリール基等のアゾ基、又は、アミノ基、を有していてもよい。
Examples of the substituent on the alkyl group, alkenyl group, aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring include methoxy group, alkoxy group such as ethoxy group, thioalkyl group, and —SH.
The aromatic ring or the heteroaromatic ring may have an azo group such as an aryloxy group, a thioaryl group, an azoalkyl group and an azoaryl group, or an amino group as a substituent.
式EV-1により表される構成単位の含有量(ただし、モノマー単位として換算する。)は、高分子化合物におけるモノマー単位の全量に対し、10モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%~55モル%がより好ましく、15モル%~45モル%が更に好ましく、20モル%~35モル%が特に好ましい。
式EV-2により表される構成単位の含有量(ただし、モノマー単位として換算する。)は、高分子化合物におけるモノマー単位の全量に対し、15モル%以上が好ましく、15モル%~60モル%がより好ましく、20モル%~50モル%が更に好ましく、25モル%~45モル%が特に好ましい。
The content of the structural unit represented by the formula EV-1 (provided that it is converted into a monomer unit) is preferably 10 mol% or more, and preferably 10 mol% to 55 mol% based on the total amount of the monomer unit in the polymer compound. Is more preferable, 15 mol% to 45 mol% is further preferable, and 20 mol% to 35 mol% is particularly preferable.
The content of the structural unit represented by the formula EV-2 (provided that it is converted into a monomer unit) is preferably 15 mol% or more, and preferably 15 mol% to 60 mol% with respect to the total amount of the monomer unit in the polymer compound. Is more preferable, 20 mol% to 50 mol% is further preferable, and 25 mol% to 45 mol% is particularly preferable.
また、式EV-1により表される構成単位、及び、式EV-2により表される構成単位の合計含有量(ただし、モノマー単位として換算する。)は、高分子化合物におけるモノマー単位の全量に対し、50モル%~90モル%が好ましく、60モル%~80モル%がより好ましく、65モル%~75モル%が更に好ましい。 Further, the total content of the constitutional unit represented by the formula EV-1 and the constitutional unit represented by the formula EV-2 (however, converted as a monomer unit) is based on the total amount of the monomer unit in the polymer compound. On the other hand, 50 mol% to 90 mol% is preferable, 60 mol% to 80 mol% is more preferable, and 65 mol% to 75 mol% is further preferable.
上記アセタール樹脂の重量平均分子量は、5,000以上が好ましく、10,000~500,000がより好ましく、10,000~300,000が更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the acetal resin is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 500,000, further preferably 10,000 to 300,000.
画像記録層上層中における上記アセタール樹脂の含有量は、画像記録層上層の全質量に対して、1質量%~60質量%が好ましく、5質量%~50質量%がより好ましい。 The content of the acetal resin in the upper layer of the image recording layer is preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the upper layer of the image recording layer.
-ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂-
ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂とは、主鎖がウレア結合により形成されているポリマーをポリウレア、主鎖がウレタン結合により形成されているポリマーをポリウレタン、主鎖がアミド結合により形成されているポリマーをポリアミドという。ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂は、ウレア結合、ウレタン結合及びアミド結合よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の結合を主鎖に有していればよく、これらの結合の2種以上を主鎖に有していてもよい。
-Resin having urea bond, urethane bond or amide bond in the main chain-
A resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in its main chain means a polyurea polymer whose main chain is a urea bond, polyurethane a polymer whose main chain is a urethane bond, and an amide bond in its main chain. The polymer formed by is called polyamide. The resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain may have at least one bond selected from the group consisting of a urea bond, a urethane bond and an amide bond in the main chain. You may have 2 or more types of these in the main chain.
ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂に含まれる構成単位としては、多価イソシアネート化合物により形成される構成単位、多価カルボン酸塩化合物(例えば、多価カルボン酸ハライド化合物、又は、多価カルボン酸エステル化合物)により形成される構成単位等が挙げられる。
これらの樹脂は、酸基を側鎖に有することが好ましい。
上記酸基は、例えば、酸基を有する多価アルコール化合物、又は、酸基を有する多価アミン化合物により形成される構成単位としてこれらの樹脂に導入される。上記多価アルコール化合物は、ジオール化合物であることが好ましい。また、上記多価アミン化合物は、ジアミン化合物であることが好ましい。
As the structural unit contained in the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain, a structural unit formed by a polyvalent isocyanate compound, a polyvalent carboxylic acid salt compound (for example, a polyvalent carboxylic acid halide compound, or , A polycarboxylic acid ester compound) and the like.
These resins preferably have an acid group in the side chain.
The acid group is introduced into these resins as a constitutional unit formed by, for example, a polyhydric alcohol compound having an acid group or a polyvalent amine compound having an acid group. The polyhydric alcohol compound is preferably a diol compound. Further, the polyvalent amine compound is preferably a diamine compound.
上記酸基のpKaは、現像性の観点からは、9以下であることが好ましく、7以下であることがより好ましく、5以下であることが更に好ましい。
酸基のpKaの下限は、特に限定されないが、-5以上であることが好ましく、1以上がより好ましい。これらのpKaは既述のpKaと同様にして計算することができる。
From the viewpoint of developability, the pKa of the acid group is preferably 9 or less, more preferably 7 or less, and further preferably 5 or less.
The lower limit of pKa of the acid group is not particularly limited, but is preferably −5 or more, more preferably 1 or more. These pKa can be calculated in the same manner as the above-mentioned pKa.
pKaが9以下の酸基は、特に限定されないが、スルホンアミド基(-SO2-NH-又は-SO2-NRsH、Rsは水素原子又は公知の置換基)、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸基、硫酸基、等が挙げられ、耐刷性、アブレーション抑制性及び現像性の観点からは、カルボキシ基が好ましい。 The acid group having a pKa of 9 or less is not particularly limited, but includes a sulfonamide group (-SO 2 -NH- or -SO 2 -NRsH, Rs is a hydrogen atom or a known substituent), a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and a sulfo group. Group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, a sulfuric acid group, and the like, and a carboxy group is preferable from the viewpoints of printing durability, abrasion resistance, and developability.
また、ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂に含まれるその他の構成単位として、酸基を有する多価アルコール化合物又は塩基基を有する多価アルコール化合物以外の多価アルコール化合物、及び、上記酸基を有する多価アミン化合物又は塩基基を有する多価アミン化合物以外の多価アミン化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物により形成される構成単位をさらに有してもよい。
上記多価イソシアネート化合物としては、ジイソシアネート化合物が好ましい。
上記多価カルボン酸塩化合物としては、ジカルボン酸塩化合物が好ましい。
上記多価アルコール化合物としては、ジオール化合物が好ましい。
上記多価アミン化合物としては、ジアミン化合物が好ましい。
Further, a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond as the other structural unit contained in the resin having a main chain, a polyhydric alcohol compound other than a polyhydric alcohol compound having an acid group or a basic group, and, And may further have a structural unit formed by at least one compound selected from the group consisting of polyvalent amine compounds other than the above-mentioned polyvalent amine compound having an acid group or a base group. ..
The polyisocyanate compound is preferably a diisocyanate compound.
The polycarboxylic acid salt compound is preferably a dicarboxylic acid salt compound.
As the polyhydric alcohol compound, a diol compound is preferable.
A diamine compound is preferable as the polyvalent amine compound.
例えば、上記多価イソシアネート化合物と、必要に応じて上記他の多価アルコール化合物と、上記他の多価アミン化合物と、を反応させることにより、主鎖にウレア結合を有する樹脂(ポリウレア)が得られる。
また、例えば、上記多価イソシアネート化合物と、上記多価アルコール化合物と、必要に応じて上記多価アミン化合物と、を反応させることにより、主鎖にウレタン結合を有する樹脂(ポリウレタン)が得られる。
加えて、例えば、上記多価カルボン酸塩化合物と、必要に応じて上記他の多価アルコール化合物と、上記他の多価アミン化合物と、を反応させることにより、主鎖にアミド結合を有する樹脂(ポリアミド)が得られる。
これらの反応は、公知の条件により行うことができる。
For example, a resin having a urea bond in the main chain (polyurea) is obtained by reacting the polyvalent isocyanate compound, and optionally the other polyvalent alcohol compound and the other polyvalent amine compound. Be done.
Further, for example, a resin (polyurethane) having a urethane bond in its main chain is obtained by reacting the polyvalent isocyanate compound, the polyhydric alcohol compound, and optionally the polyvalent amine compound.
In addition, for example, a resin having an amide bond in the main chain by reacting the polyvalent carboxylate compound, and optionally the other polyhydric alcohol compound, and the other polyvalent amine compound. (Polyamide) is obtained.
These reactions can be performed under known conditions.
多価イソシアネート化合物として、例えば、1,3-ビス(イソシアナトメチル)シクロヘキサン、ジイソシアン酸イソホロン、トリメチレンジイソシアネート、テトラメチレンジイソシアネート、ペンタメチレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、1,3-シクロペンタンジイソシアネート、9H-フルオレン-2,7-ジイソシアネート、9H-フルオレン-9-オン-2,7-ジイソシアネート、4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアナート、1,3-フェニレンジイソシアナート、トリレン-2,4-ジイソシアナート、トリレン-2,6-ジイソシアナート、1,3-ビス(イソシアナトメチル)シクロヘキサン、2,2-ビス(4-イソシアナトフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,5-ジイソシアナトナフタレン等が挙げられる。
多価イソシアネート化合物により形成される構成単位の含有量は、ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂の全質量に対し、10質量%以上60質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以上50質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
Examples of polyvalent isocyanate compounds include 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane, isophorone diisocyanate, trimethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,3-cyclopentane diisocyanate, 9H- Fluorene-2,7-diisocyanate, 9H-fluoren-9-one-2,7-diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, tolylene-2,4-diisocyanate , Tolylene-2,6-diisocyanate, 1,3-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane, 2,2-bis(4-isocyanatophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,5-diisocyanatonaphthalene, etc. Be done.
The content of the constituent unit formed by the polyvalent isocyanate compound is preferably 10% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less based on the total mass of the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain, 20 It is more preferable that the content is at least 50% by mass.
多価カルボン酸塩化合物としては、多価カルボン酸ハライド化合物(例えば、多価カルボン酸クロライド化合物)、又は、多価カルボン酸エステル化合物等が挙げられ、例えば、下記CL-1~CL-10等が挙げられる。
多価カルボン酸塩化合物により形成される構成単位の含有量は、ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂の全質量に対し、10質量%以上60質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以上40質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
Examples of the polyvalent carboxylic acid salt compound include polyvalent carboxylic acid halide compounds (for example, polyvalent carboxylic acid chloride compounds), polyvalent carboxylic acid ester compounds, and the like. Examples thereof include CL-1 to CL-10 below. Is mentioned.
The content of the constituent unit formed by the polyvalent carboxylate compound is preferably 10% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less based on the total mass of the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain. It is more preferable that the content is 20 mass% or more and 40 mass% or less.
多価アルコール化合物としては、後述するアルキレンオキシ基を有する構成単位の形成に用いられる多価アルコール化合物等が挙げられ、例えば、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,7-ヘプタンジオール、1,8-オクタンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール、ネオペンチルグリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリテトラメチレングリコール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール等を挙げることができる。
多価アルコール化合物により形成される構成単位の含有量は、ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂の全質量に対し、0質量%以上40質量%以下であることが好ましく、1質量%以上30質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
Examples of the polyhydric alcohol compound include polyhydric alcohol compounds used for forming a constitutional unit having an alkyleneoxy group described later, and examples thereof include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, and 1,5-pentane. Diol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,7-heptanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, neopentyl glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polytetramethylene Examples thereof include glycol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol and 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol.
The content of the constituent unit formed by the polyhydric alcohol compound is preferably 0% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain. It is more preferable that the content is 30% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less.
多価アミン化合物としては、例えば、2,7-ジアミノ-9H-フルオレン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)スルホン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)スルフィド、1,1-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)シクロヘキサン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジメチルジフェニルメタン、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、1,3-フェニレンジアミン、2,4-ジアミノトルエン、2,6-ジアミノトルエン、1,8-ジアミノナフタレン、1,3-ジアミノプロパン、1,3-ジアミノペンタン、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジアミン、1,5-ジアミノペンタン、2-メチル-1,5-ジアミノペンタン、1,7-ジアミノヘプタン、N,N-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)メチルアミン、1,3-ジアミノ-2-プロパノール、ジエチレングリコールビス(3-アミノプロピル)エーテル、m-キシリレンジアミン、テトラエチレンペンタミン、1,3-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、ベンゾグアナミン、2,4-ジアミノ-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ジアミノ-6-メチル-1,3,5-トリアジン、6-クロロ-2,4-ジアミノピリミジン、2-クロロ-4,6-ジアミノ-1,3,5-トリアジン等が挙げられる。
多価アミン化合物により形成される構成単位の含有量は、ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂の全質量に対し、0質量%以上40質量%以下であることが好ましく、1質量%以上20質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
Examples of the polyvalent amine compound include 2,7-diamino-9H-fluorene, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 4,4′-diaminobenzophenone and bis(4-aminophenyl)sulfone. , 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, bis(4-aminophenyl) sulfide, 1,1-bis(4-aminophenyl)cyclohexane, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3 '-Diaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethyldiphenylmethane, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 1,3-phenylenediamine, 2,4-diaminotoluene, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 1, 8-diaminonaphthalene, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopentane, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine, 1,5-diaminopentane, 2-methyl-1,5-diaminopentane, 1,7-diaminoheptane, N,N-bis(3-aminopropyl)methylamine, 1,3-diamino-2-propanol, diethylene glycol bis(3-aminopropyl)ether, m-xylylenediamine, tetraethylenepenta Min, 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, benzoguanamine, 2,4-diamino-1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6-methyl-1,3,5-triazine, 6-chloro -2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 2-chloro-4,6-diamino-1,3,5-triazine and the like can be mentioned.
The content of the constituent unit formed by the polyvalent amine compound is preferably 0% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less based on the total mass of the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain. It is more preferable that the content is 20% by mass or more.
ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂は、耐刷性をより向上する観点からは、アルキレンオキシ基を有する構成単位を更に主鎖に有することが好ましい。
上記アルキレンオキシ基としては、炭素数2~10のアルキレンオキシ基が好ましく、炭素数2~8のアルキレンオキシ基がより好ましく、炭素数2~4のアルキレンオキシ基が更に好ましく、エチレンオキシ基、又は、プロピレンオキシ基が特に好ましい。
また、上記アルキレンオキシ基は、ポリアルキレンオキシ基であってもよい。
ポリアルキレンオキシ基としては、繰り返し数2~50のポリアルキレンオキシ基が好ましく、繰り返し数2~40のポリアルキレンオキシ基がより好ましく、繰り返し数2~30のポリアルキレンオキシ基が更に好ましい。
ポリアルキレンオキシ基の構成単位の好ましい炭素数は、上記アルキレンオキシ基の好ましい炭素数と同様である。
上記アルキレンオキシ基を有する構成単位は、例えば、上記多価アルコール化合物としてポリアルキレングリコール化合物(例えば、ポリエチレングリコール又はポリプロピレングリコール等)を用いることにより導入される。
アルキレンオキシ基を有する構成単位の含有量は、ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂の全質量に対し、0.1質量%以上40質量%以下であることが好ましく、1質量%以上30質量%以下であることがより好ましく、5質量%以上20質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
The resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in the main chain preferably further has a constituent unit having an alkyleneoxy group in the main chain from the viewpoint of further improving printing durability.
The alkyleneoxy group is preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, further preferably an alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, an ethyleneoxy group, or , A propyleneoxy group is particularly preferable.
The alkyleneoxy group may be a polyalkyleneoxy group.
As the polyalkyleneoxy group, a polyalkyleneoxy group having a repeating number of 2 to 50 is preferable, a polyalkyleneoxy group having a repeating number of 2 to 40 is more preferable, and a polyalkyleneoxy group having a repeating number of 2 to 30 is further preferable.
The preferred carbon number of the constituent unit of the polyalkyleneoxy group is the same as the preferred carbon number of the alkyleneoxy group.
The constituent unit having an alkyleneoxy group is introduced, for example, by using a polyalkylene glycol compound (eg, polyethylene glycol or polypropylene glycol) as the polyhydric alcohol compound.
The content of the structural unit having an alkyleneoxy group is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in its main chain, and 1% by mass. % Or more and 30% by mass or less is more preferable, and 5% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less is more preferable.
ウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂の重量平均分子量は、2,000以上が好ましく、10,000~100,000がより好ましく、10,000~60,000が更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin having a urea bond, a urethane bond or an amide bond in its main chain is preferably 2,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 100,000, further preferably 10,000 to 60,000.
画像記録層上層中におけるウレア結合、ウレタン結合又はアミド結合を主鎖に有する樹脂の含有量は、画像記録層上層の全質量に対して、1質量%~60質量%が好ましく、5質量%~50質量%がより好ましい。 The content of the resin having a urea bond, urethane bond or amide bond in the main chain in the upper layer of the image recording layer is preferably from 1% by mass to 60% by mass, and preferably from 5% by mass to the total mass of the upper layer of the image recording layer. 50 mass% is more preferable.
〔酸発生剤、酸増殖剤、及び、その他の添加剤〕
画像記録層上層は、酸発生剤、酸増殖剤、その他の添加剤等を含有していてもよい。
その他の添加剤としては、現像促進剤、界面活性剤、焼き出し剤、着色剤、可塑剤、ワックス剤等が挙げられる。
画像記録層上層に用いられる酸発生剤、酸増殖剤及びその他の添加剤の好ましい態様としては、上記画像記録層下層に用いられる酸発生剤、酸増殖剤及びその他の添加剤の好ましい態様とそれぞれ同様である。
[Acid generator, acid multiplying agent, and other additives]
The upper layer of the image recording layer may contain an acid generator, an acid multiplying agent, other additives and the like.
Other additives include a development accelerator, a surfactant, a printout agent, a coloring agent, a plasticizer, a wax agent and the like.
The acid generator used in the upper layer of the image recording layer, a preferred embodiment of the acid proliferating agent and other additives, the acid generator used in the lower layer of the image recording layer, a preferred embodiment of the acid proliferating agent and other additives, respectively. It is the same.
〔画像記録層の層構成〕
本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、支持体、画像記録層下層、及び、画像記録層上層をこの順に有する。
なお、本開示における画像記録層は、その全ての層が、例えば、赤外線感応性を有する必要はなく、画像記録層全体として、現像により画像様の版を形成可能な層であればよい。
また、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層として、画像記録層下層、及び、画像記録層上層以外の1層以上の層(以下、「他の層」ともいう。)を更に有していてもよい。他の層としては、公知の画像記録層における層が挙げられる。また、他の層の位置は、特に制限はなく、支持体と画像記録層下層との間であっても、画像記録層下層と画像記録層上層との間であっても、画像記録層上層上であってもよい。
[Layer structure of image recording layer]
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has a support, an image recording layer lower layer, and an image recording layer upper layer in this order.
In addition, all layers of the image recording layer in the present disclosure do not need to have infrared sensitivity, and may be a layer that can form an image-like plate by development as the entire image recording layer.
Further, the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure further has, as an image recording layer, one or more layers other than the image recording layer lower layer and the image recording layer upper layer (hereinafter, also referred to as “other layer”). You may have. Examples of the other layer include known image recording layers. The position of the other layer is not particularly limited and may be between the support and the image recording layer lower layer, between the image recording layer lower layer and the image recording layer upper layer, or the image recording layer upper layer. May be above.
画像記録層下層及び画像記録層上層は、2つの層を分離して形成することが好ましい。
2つの層を分離して形成する方法としては、例えば、下層に含まれる成分と、上層に含まれる成分との溶剤溶解性の差を利用する方法、又は、上層を塗布した後、急速に溶剤を乾燥、除去する方法等が挙げられる。後者の方法を併用することにより、層間の分離が一層良好に行われることになるため好ましい。
以下、これらの方法について詳述するが、2つの層を分離して塗布する方法はこれらに限定されるものではない。
The lower layer of the image recording layer and the upper layer of the image recording layer are preferably formed by separating the two layers.
As a method for forming the two layers separately, for example, a method of utilizing a difference in solvent solubility between a component contained in the lower layer and a component contained in the upper layer, or a method of applying a solvent rapidly after coating the upper layer And the like. It is preferable to use the latter method in combination, because the layers can be more favorably separated.
Hereinafter, these methods will be described in detail, but the method of separating and applying the two layers is not limited thereto.
下層に含まれる成分と上層に含まれる成分との溶剤溶解性の差を利用する方法としては、上層用塗布液を塗布する際に、下層に含まれる成分のいずれもが不溶な溶剤系を用いるものである。これにより、二層塗布を行っても、各層を明確に分離して塗膜にすることが可能になる。例えば、下層成分として、上層成分であるポリマーBを溶解するメチルエチルケトンや1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール等の溶剤に不溶な成分を選択し、上記下層成分を溶解する溶剤系を用いて下層を塗布、乾燥し、その後、ポリマーBを含む上層をメチルエチルケトンや1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール等で溶解し、塗布、乾燥することにより二層化が可能になる。 As a method of utilizing the difference in solvent solubility between the component contained in the lower layer and the component contained in the upper layer, when applying the coating liquid for the upper layer, a solvent system in which none of the components contained in the lower layer is used is used. It is a thing. As a result, even if two-layer coating is performed, each layer can be clearly separated to form a coating film. For example, as the lower layer component, a component insoluble in a solvent such as methyl ethyl ketone or 1-methoxy-2-propanol that dissolves the polymer B as the upper layer component is selected, and the lower layer is coated using a solvent system that dissolves the lower layer component, After being dried, the upper layer containing the polymer B is dissolved with methyl ethyl ketone, 1-methoxy-2-propanol or the like, coated and dried to form a double layer.
次に、2層目(上層)を塗布後に、極めて速く溶剤を乾燥させる方法としては、ウェブの走行方向に対してほぼ直角に設置したスリットノズルより高圧エアーを吹きつけることや、蒸気等の加熱媒体を内部に供給されたロール(加熱ロール)よりウェブの下面から伝導熱として熱エネルギーを与えること、あるいはそれらを組み合わせることにより達成できる。 Next, as a method for drying the solvent extremely quickly after applying the second layer (upper layer), high pressure air is blown from a slit nozzle installed almost at right angles to the running direction of the web, or heating such as steam is performed. It can be achieved by applying heat energy as conduction heat from the lower surface of the web from a roll (heating roll) supplied with the medium, or by combining them.
画像記録層下層は、経時現像性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、画像記録層上層よりも厚いことが好ましい。すなわち、画像記録層下層の単位面積当たりの量は、経時現像性、及び、経時耐刷性の観点から、画像記録層上層の単位面積当たりの量よりも多いことが好ましい。 The lower layer of the image recording layer is preferably thicker than the upper layer of the image recording layer, from the viewpoints of developability with time and printing durability with time. That is, the amount per unit area of the lower layer of the image recording layer is preferably larger than the amount per unit area of the upper layer of the image recording layer from the viewpoints of developability over time and printing durability over time.
本開示に係る平版印刷版原版における画像記録層下層の単位面積当たりの量は、特に制限はないが、0.5g/m2~4.0g/m2の範囲にあることが好ましく、0.6g/m2~2.5g/m2の範囲にあることがより好ましい。0.5g/m2以上であると、耐刷性に優れ、4.0g/m2以下であると、画像再現性及び感度に優れる。
また、画像記録層上層の単位面積当たりの量は、特に制限はないが、0.05g/m2~1.0g/m2の範囲にあることが好ましく、0.08g/m2~0.7g/m2の範囲であることがより好ましい。0.05g/m2以上であると、現像ラチチュード、及び、耐傷性に優れ、1.0g/m2以下であると、感度に優れる。
画像記録層全体の単位面積当たりの塗布量としては、特に制限はないが、0.6g/m2~4.0g/m2の範囲にあることが好ましく、0.7g/m2~2.5g/m2の範囲にあることがより好ましい。0.6g/m2以上であると、耐刷性に優れ、4.0g/m2以下であると、画像再現性及び感度に優れる。
The amount per unit area of the image recording layer lower layer in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.5 g/m 2 to 4.0 g/m 2 . It is more preferably in the range of 6 g/m 2 to 2.5 g/m 2 . When it is 0.5 g/m 2 or more, printing durability is excellent, and when it is 4.0 g/m 2 or less, image reproducibility and sensitivity are excellent.
The amount per unit area of the image recording layer upper layer is not particularly limited, it is preferably in the range of 0.05g / m 2 ~ 1.0g / m 2, 0.08g / m 2 ~ 0. The range of 7 g/m 2 is more preferable. If it is 0.05 g / m 2 or more, development latitude, and excellent scratch resistance, if it is 1.0 g / m 2 or less, excellent sensitivity.
The coating amount per unit area of the entire image recording layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.6 g/m 2 to 4.0 g/m 2 , and 0.7 g/m 2 to 2. It is more preferably in the range of 5 g/m 2 . When it is 0.6 g/m 2 or more, printing durability is excellent, and when it is 4.0 g/m 2 or less, image reproducibility and sensitivity are excellent.
<支持体>
本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、支持体を有する。
本開示における支持体としては、必要な強度と耐久性を備えた寸度的に安定な板状物であれば特に制限はなく、例えば、紙、プラスチック(例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリスチレン等)がラミネートされた紙、金属板(例えば、アルミニウム、亜鉛、銅等)、プラスチックフィルム(例えば、二酢酸セルロース、三酢酸セルロース、プロピオン酸セルロース、酪酸セルロース、酢酸酪酸セルロース、硝酸セルロース、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレン、ポリスチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリカーボネート、ポリビニルアセタール等)、上記の如き金属がラミネート若しくは蒸着された紙、又は、プラスチックフィルム等が挙げられる。
<Support>
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure has a support.
The support in the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it is a dimensionally stable plate-like material having necessary strength and durability, and examples thereof include paper and plastic (for example, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, etc.). Laminated paper, metal plate (eg, aluminum, zinc, copper, etc.), plastic film (eg, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose nitrate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene, (Polystyrene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, polyvinyl acetal, etc.), paper laminated or vapor-deposited with the above metals, or a plastic film.
なお、本開示における支持体としては、ポリエステルフィルム又はアルミニウム板が好ましく、その中でも寸度安定性がよく、比較的安価であるアルミニウム板は特に好ましい。好適なアルミニウム板は、純アルミニウム板及びアルミニウムを主成分とし、微量の異元素を含む合金板であり、更にアルミニウムがラミネート又は蒸着されたプラスチックフィルムでもよい。アルミニウム合金に含まれる異元素には、ケイ素、鉄、マンガン、銅、マグネシウム、クロム、亜鉛、ビスマス、ニッケル、チタンなどがある。合金中の異元素の含有量は10質量%以下であることが好ましい。 As the support in the present disclosure, a polyester film or an aluminum plate is preferable, and among them, an aluminum plate which has good dimensional stability and is relatively inexpensive is particularly preferable. Suitable aluminum plates are a pure aluminum plate and an alloy plate containing aluminum as a main component and containing a slight amount of a foreign element, and may be a plastic film on which aluminum is laminated or vapor-deposited. The foreign elements contained in the aluminum alloy include silicon, iron, manganese, copper, magnesium, chromium, zinc, bismuth, nickel and titanium. The content of the foreign element in the alloy is preferably 10% by mass or less.
本開示において特に好適なアルミニウムは、純アルミニウムであるが、完全に純粋なアルミニウムは精錬技術上製造が困難であるので、僅かに異元素を含有するものでもよい。
このように本開示に適用されるアルミニウム板は、その組成が特定されるものではなく、従来より公知公用の素材のアルミニウム板を適宜に利用することができる。本開示において用いられるアルミニウム板の厚みは、0.1mm~0.6mmであることが好ましく、0.15mm~0.4mmであることがより好ましく、0.2mm~0.3mmであることが特に好ましい。
Aluminum which is particularly suitable in the present disclosure is pure aluminum, but completely pure aluminum is difficult to produce due to refining technology, and thus may contain slightly different elements.
As described above, the composition of the aluminum plate applied to the present disclosure is not specified, and an aluminum plate that is a publicly known and conventionally used material can be appropriately used. The thickness of the aluminum plate used in the present disclosure is preferably 0.1 mm to 0.6 mm, more preferably 0.15 mm to 0.4 mm, and particularly preferably 0.2 mm to 0.3 mm. preferable.
このようなアルミニウム板には、必要に応じて粗面化処理、陽極酸化処理などの表面処理を行ってもよい。アルミニウム支持体の表面処理については、例えば、特開2009-175195号公報の段落0167~0169に詳細に記載されるような、界面活性剤、有機溶剤又はアルカリ性水溶液などによる脱脂処理、表面の粗面化処理、陽極酸化処理などが適宜、施される。
陽極酸化処理を施されたアルミニウム表面は、必要により親水化処理が施される。
親水化処理としては、特開2009-175195号公報の段落0169に開示されているような、アルカリ金属シリケート(例えばケイ酸ナトリウム水溶液)法、フッ化ジルコン酸カリウムあるいは、ポリビニルホスホン酸で処理する方法などが用いられる。
また、特開2011-245844号公報に記載された支持体も好ましく用いられる。
Such aluminum plate may be subjected to surface treatment such as surface roughening treatment and anodizing treatment, if necessary. Regarding the surface treatment of the aluminum support, for example, a degreasing treatment with a surfactant, an organic solvent or an alkaline aqueous solution, a rough surface as described in paragraphs 0167 to 0169 of JP2009-175195A Chemical treatment, anodization treatment, etc. are appropriately performed.
The aluminum surface that has been subjected to the anodizing treatment is optionally subjected to a hydrophilic treatment.
As the hydrophilic treatment, a method of treating with an alkali metal silicate (for example, sodium silicate aqueous solution) method, potassium fluorozirconate or polyvinylphosphonic acid, as disclosed in paragraph 0169 of JP2009-175195A, is used. Etc. are used.
Further, the support described in JP 2011-245844 A is also preferably used.
<下塗層>
本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、必要に応じて支持体と画像記録層下層との間に下塗層を有することができる。
下塗層成分としては、種々の有機化合物が用いられ、例えば、カルボキシメチルセルロース、デキストリン等のアミノ基を有するホスホン酸類、有機ホスホン酸、有機リン酸、有機ホスフィン酸、アミノ酸類、並びに、ヒドロキシ基を有するアミンの塩酸塩等が好ましく挙げられる。また、これら下塗層成分は、1種単独で用いても、2種以上混合して用いてもよい。下塗層に使用される化合物の詳細、下塗層の形成方法は、特開2009-175195号公報の段落0171~0172に記載され、これらの記載は本開示にも適用される。
下塗層の被覆量は、2mg/m2~200mg/m2であることが好ましく、5mg/m2~100mg/m2であることがより好ましい。被覆量が上記範囲であると、十分な耐刷性能が得られる。
<Undercoat layer>
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure may optionally have an undercoat layer between the support and the image recording layer lower layer.
As the undercoat layer component, various organic compounds are used, for example, carboxymethyl cellulose, phosphonic acids having an amino group such as dextrin, organic phosphonic acid, organic phosphoric acid, organic phosphinic acid, amino acids, and a hydroxy group. Preferable examples thereof include amine hydrochlorides and the like. These undercoat layer components may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Details of the compound used for the undercoat layer and the method for forming the undercoat layer are described in paragraphs 0171 to 0172 of JP2009-175195A, and these descriptions also apply to the present disclosure.
The coating amount of the undercoat layer is preferably 2 mg/m 2 to 200 mg/m 2 , and more preferably 5 mg/m 2 to 100 mg/m 2 . When the coating amount is within the above range, sufficient printing durability can be obtained.
<バックコート層>
本開示に係る平版印刷版原版の支持体裏面には、必要に応じてバックコート層が設けられる。かかるバックコート層としては、特開平5-45885号公報記載の有機高分子化合物及び特開平6-35174号公報記載の有機又は無機金属化合物を加水分解及び重縮合させて得られる金属酸化物からなる被覆層が好ましく用いられる。これらの被覆層のうち、Si(OCH3)4、Si(OC2H5)4、Si(OC3H7)4、Si(OC4H9)4などのケイ素のアルコキシ化合物が安価で入手し易く、それから得られる金属酸化物の被覆層が耐現像液に優れており特に好ましい。
<Backcoat layer>
A back coat layer is provided on the back surface of the support of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, if necessary. The back coat layer is composed of an organic polymer compound described in JP-A-5-45885 and a metal oxide obtained by hydrolyzing and polycondensing an organic or inorganic metal compound described in JP-A-6-35174. A coating layer is preferably used. Of these coating layers, silicon alkoxy compounds such as Si(OCH 3 ) 4 , Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 4 , Si(OC 3 H 7 ) 4 and Si(OC 4 H 9 ) 4 are available at low cost. It is particularly preferable that the coating layer of metal oxide obtained therefrom is excellent in developing resistance.
(平版印刷版の作製方法)
本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像露光する露光工程、及び、露光された上記平版印刷版原版をpH10.0以下の現像液を用いて現像する現像工程、をこの順で含む。
以下、本開示に係る作製方法の各工程について詳細に説明する。
(Method of preparing lithographic printing plate)
The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes an exposure step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, and developing the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor with a developer having a pH of 10.0 or less. The developing process is included in this order.
Hereinafter, each step of the manufacturing method according to the present disclosure will be described in detail.
<露光工程>
本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像露光する露光工程を含む。
本開示に係る平版印刷版原版の画像露光に用いられる活性光線の光源としては、近赤外から赤外領域に発光波長を持つ光源が好ましく、固体レーザー、半導体レーザーがより好ましい。中でも、本開示においては、波長750nm~1,400nmの赤外線を放射する固体レーザー又は半導体レーザーにより画像露光されることが特に好ましい。
レーザーの出力は、100mW以上が好ましく、露光時間を短縮するため、マルチビームレーザデバイスを用いることが好ましい。また、1画素あたりの露光時間は20μ秒以内であることが好ましい。
平版印刷版原版に照射されるエネルギーは、10mJ/cm2~300mJ/cm2であることが好ましい。上記範囲であると、画像記録層のアルカリ水溶液に対する溶解性が十分に向上し、また、レーザーアブレーションを抑制し、画像の損傷を防ぐことができる。
<Exposure process>
The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes an exposure step of imagewise exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure.
As a light source of actinic rays used for image exposure of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present disclosure, a light source having an emission wavelength in the near infrared to infrared region is preferable, and a solid laser and a semiconductor laser are more preferable. Among them, in the present disclosure, it is particularly preferable to perform image exposure with a solid-state laser or a semiconductor laser that emits infrared rays having a wavelength of 750 nm to 1,400 nm.
The laser output is preferably 100 mW or more, and it is preferable to use a multi-beam laser device in order to shorten the exposure time. The exposure time per pixel is preferably within 20 μsec.
The energy applied to the lithographic printing plate precursor is preferably 10 mJ/cm 2 to 300 mJ/cm 2 . Within the above range, the solubility of the image recording layer in an alkaline aqueous solution is sufficiently improved, laser ablation is suppressed, and image damage can be prevented.
本開示における露光は、光源の光ビームをオーバーラップさせて露光することができる。オーバーラップとは、副走査ピッチ幅がビーム径より小さいことをいう。オーバーラップは、例えば、ビーム径をビーム強度の半値幅(FWHM)で表したとき、FWHM/副走査ピッチ幅(オーバーラップ係数)で定量的に表現することができる。本開示ではこのオーバーラップ係数が、0.1以上であることが好ましい。 The exposure according to the present disclosure can be performed by overlapping the light beams of the light source. The overlap means that the sub-scanning pitch width is smaller than the beam diameter. The overlap can be quantitatively expressed by FWHM/sub-scanning pitch width (overlap coefficient) when the beam diameter is represented by a beam intensity half width (FWHM). In the present disclosure, this overlap coefficient is preferably 0.1 or more.
本開示において使用することができる露光装置の光源の走査方式は、特に限定はなく、円筒外面走査方式、円筒内面走査方式、平面走査方式などを用いることができる。また、光源のチャンネルは単チャンネルでもマルチチャンネルでもよいが、円筒外面方式の場合にはマルチチャンネルが好ましく用いられる。 The light source scanning method of the exposure apparatus that can be used in the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and a cylinder outer surface scanning method, a cylinder inner surface scanning method, a flat surface scanning method, or the like can be used. The light source channel may be a single channel or a multi-channel, but in the case of the cylindrical outer surface type, the multi-channel is preferably used.
<現像工程>
本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、露光された上記平版印刷版原版を、現像液を用いて現像する現像工程を含む。
現像工程に使用される現像液は、特に限定はされないが、上記現像液は、水溶液であることが好ましい。
また、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法においては、例えば、pHが10.0を超える現像液を用いて現像を行ってもよい。例えば、特開2003-1956号公報の段落0270~0292に記載の現像液など、公知の現像液を用いて現像することもできる。
<Developing process>
The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a developing step of developing the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor using a developing solution.
The developing solution used in the developing step is not particularly limited, but the developing solution is preferably an aqueous solution.
Further, in the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure, for example, development may be performed using a developing solution having a pH of more than 10.0. For example, development can be performed using a known developing solution such as the developing solutions described in paragraphs 0270 to 0292 of JP-A-2003-1956.
また、現像性の向上のため、現像液は界面活性剤を含んでもよい。
上記現像液に用いられる界面活性剤は、アニオン性、ノニオン性、カチオン性、及び、両性の界面活性剤のいずれも用いることができるが、既述のように、アニオン性、ノニオン性の界面活性剤が好ましい。
本開示において現像液に用いられるアニオン性、ノニオン性、カチオン性、及び、両性界面活性剤としては、特開2013-134341号公報の段落0128~0131に記載の物を使用することができる。
Further, in order to improve the developability, the developer may contain a surfactant.
The surfactant used in the developing solution may be any of anionic, nonionic, cationic, and amphoteric surfactants, but as described above, anionic and nonionic surfactants. Agents are preferred.
As the anionic, nonionic, cationic, and amphoteric surfactants used in the developer in the present disclosure, those described in paragraphs 0128 to 0131 of JP2013-134341A can be used.
また、水に対する安定な溶解性あるいは混濁性の観点から、界面活性剤のHLB値が、6以上であることが好ましく、8以上であることがより好ましい。
上記現像液に用いられる界面活性剤としては、アニオン性界面活性剤及びノニオン界面活性剤が好ましく、スルホン酸又はスルホン酸塩を含有するアニオン性界面活性剤及び、芳香環とエチレンオキサイド鎖を有するノニオン界面活性剤が特に好ましい。
界面活性剤は、単独又は組み合わせて使用することができる。
界面活性剤の現像液中における含有量は、0.01質量%~10質量%が好ましく、0.01質量%~5質量%がより好ましい。
From the viewpoint of stable solubility in water or turbidity, the HLB value of the surfactant is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more.
The surfactant used in the developer is preferably an anionic surfactant and a nonionic surfactant, and an anionic surfactant containing a sulfonic acid or a sulfonate and a nonionic compound having an aromatic ring and an ethylene oxide chain. Surfactants are especially preferred.
The surfactants can be used alone or in combination.
The content of the surfactant in the developer is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass.
現像工程に使用される現像液は、現像可能であれば特に限定はないが、pH10.0以下の現像液であることが好ましく、pH8.0~pH10.0の現像液であることがより好ましく、pH9.0~pH9.9の現像液であることが特に好ましい。
このような比較的低pHの現像液においては、従来用いられる、例えばpHが12前後の高pHの現像液と比較して、例えば大気中のCO2の溶解等に由来するpHの低下が抑制されやすい。すなわち、低pHであることにより現像液の使用時又は保管時における安定性に優れるといえる。
低pHの現像液において、上記の様に現像液におけるpHの低下が抑制されることにより、現像性低下、現像カス発生等が抑制される。
また、上記低pHの現像液におけるpHを初期値に保つために、現像液を緩衝液とすることも好ましい。緩衝液としては、特に炭酸塩緩衝系とすることが好ましい。
本開示において、炭酸塩緩衝系とは、緩衝剤として炭酸イオン及び炭酸水素イオンを含有する緩衝液をいう。
炭酸イオン及び炭酸水素イオンを現像液中に存在させるには、炭酸塩と炭酸水素塩を現像液に加えてもよいし、炭酸塩又は炭酸水素塩を加えた後にpHを調整することで、炭酸イオンと炭酸水素イオンを発生させてもよい。炭酸塩及び炭酸水素塩は、特に限定されないが、アルカリ金属塩であることが好ましい。アルカリ金属としては、リチウム、ナトリウム、カリウムが挙げられ、ナトリウムが特に好ましい。これらは単独でも、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
The developing solution used in the developing step is not particularly limited as long as it can be developed, but is preferably a developing solution having a pH of 10.0 or less, more preferably a developing solution having a pH of 8.0 to 10.0. It is particularly preferable that the developer has a pH of 9.0 to pH 9.9.
In such a relatively low pH developer, compared with a conventionally used high pH developer having a pH of about 12, for example, a decrease in pH due to dissolution of CO 2 in the atmosphere is suppressed. Easy to be affected. That is, it can be said that the low pH is excellent in stability during use or storage of the developer.
In the low pH developer, the decrease in the pH of the developer is suppressed as described above, so that the deterioration of the developability, the generation of development residue, etc. are suppressed.
Further, in order to keep the pH of the low pH developer at the initial value, it is also preferable to use the developer as a buffer solution. A carbonate buffer system is particularly preferable as the buffer solution.
In the present disclosure, the carbonate buffer system refers to a buffer solution containing carbonate ion and hydrogen carbonate ion as a buffering agent.
In order to allow the carbonate ion and the hydrogen carbonate ion to exist in the developing solution, a carbonate and a hydrogen carbonate may be added to the developing solution, or the carbonate may be added by adding the carbonate or the hydrogen carbonate and then adjusting the pH. Ions and hydrogen carbonate ions may be generated. The carbonate and hydrogen carbonate are not particularly limited, but are preferably alkali metal salts. Examples of the alkali metal include lithium, sodium and potassium, and sodium is particularly preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
炭酸塩及び炭酸水素塩の総量は、現像液の全質量に対して、0.3質量%~20質量%が好ましく、0.5質量%~10質量%がより好ましく、1質量%~5質量%が特に好ましい。総量が0.3質量%以上であると現像性、処理能力が低下せず、20質量%以下であると沈殿や結晶を生成し難くなり、更に現像液の廃液処理時、中和の際にゲル化し難くなり、廃液処理に支障をきたさない。 The total amount of carbonate and hydrogen carbonate is preferably 0.3% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass, and further preferably 1% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the developer. % Is particularly preferred. When the total amount is 0.3% by mass or more, developability and processing ability are not deteriorated, and when the total amount is 20% by mass or less, it becomes difficult to generate a precipitate or a crystal, and further, when the waste liquid of the developing solution is treated or during neutralization. It does not easily gel and does not interfere with waste liquid treatment.
また、アルカリ濃度の微少な調整、非画像部画像記録層の溶解を補助する目的で、補足的に他のアルカリ剤、例えば有機アルカリ剤を併用してもよい。有機アルカリ剤としては、モノメチルアミン、ジメチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、モノエチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、トリエチルアミン、モノイソプロピルアミン、ジイソプロピルアミン、トリイソプロピルアミン、n-ブチルアミン、モノエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、モノイソプロパノールアミン、ジイソプロパノールアミン、エチレンイミン、エチレンジアミン、ピリジン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等を挙げることができる。これらの他のアルカリ剤は、単独又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。
上記現像液には上記の他に、湿潤剤、防腐剤、キレート化合物、消泡剤、有機酸、有機溶剤、無機酸、無機塩などを含有することができる。ただし、水溶性高分子化合物を添加すると、特に現像液が疲労した際に版面がベトツキやすくなるため、添加しないことが好ましい。
Further, for the purpose of finely adjusting the alkali concentration and assisting the dissolution of the image recording layer in the non-image area, other alkali agents, for example, organic alkali agents may be supplementarily used. As the organic alkaline agent, monomethylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, monoisopropylamine, diisopropylamine, triisopropylamine, n-butylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, monoisopropanolamine, Diisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediamine, pyridine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide and the like can be mentioned. These other alkaline agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
In addition to the above, the developer may contain a wetting agent, a preservative, a chelate compound, a defoaming agent, an organic acid, an organic solvent, an inorganic acid, an inorganic salt and the like. However, when the water-soluble polymer compound is added, the plate surface tends to become sticky, especially when the developing solution is fatigued, so it is preferable not to add it.
湿潤剤としては、特開2013-134341号公報の段落0141に記載の湿潤剤を好適に用いることができる。湿潤剤は単独で用いてもよいが、2種以上併用してもよい。湿潤剤は、現像剤の全質量に対し、0.1質量%~5質量%の量で使用されることが好ましい。 As the wetting agent, the wetting agent described in paragraph 0141 of JP2013-134341A can be preferably used. The wetting agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The wetting agent is preferably used in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the developer.
防腐剤としては、特開2013-134341号公報の段落0142に記載の防腐剤を好適に用いることができる。種々のカビ、殺菌に対して効力のあるように2種以上の防腐剤を併用することが好ましい。防腐剤の添加量は、細菌、カビ、酵母等に対して、安定に効力を発揮する量であって、細菌、カビ、酵母の種類によっても異なるが、現像液の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~4質量%の範囲が好ましい。 As the preservative, the preservative described in paragraph 0142 of JP2013-134341A can be preferably used. It is preferable to use two or more kinds of preservatives together so that they are effective against various molds and sterilizations. The addition amount of the preservative is an amount that exerts a stable effect on bacteria, molds, yeasts, etc. and varies depending on the types of bacteria, molds, yeasts, but it is 0 for the total mass of the developer. The range of 0.01% by mass to 4% by mass is preferable.
キレート化合物としては、特開2013-134341号公報の段落0143に記載のキレート化合物を好適に用いることができる。キレート剤は現像液組成中に安定に存在し、印刷性を阻害しないものが選ばれる。添加量は、現像液の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~1.0質量%が好適である。 As the chelate compound, the chelate compound described in paragraph 0143 of JP2013-134341A can be preferably used. The chelating agent is selected so that it stably exists in the developer composition and does not impair the printability. The addition amount is preferably 0.001% by mass to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
消泡剤としては、特開2013-134341号公報の段落0144に記載の消泡剤を好適に用いることができる。消泡剤の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~1.0質量%の範囲が好適である。 As the defoaming agent, the defoaming agent described in paragraph 0144 of JP2013-134341A can be preferably used. The content of the defoaming agent is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
有機酸としては、特開2013-134341号公報の段落0145に記載の消泡剤を好適に用いることができる。有機酸の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対して、0.01質量%~0.5質量%が好ましい。 As the organic acid, the defoaming agent described in paragraph 0145 of JP2013-134341A can be preferably used. The content of the organic acid is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass based on the total mass of the developer.
有機溶剤としては、例えば、脂肪族炭化水素類(ヘキサン、ヘプタン、“アイソパーE、H、G”(エッソ化学(株)製)、ガソリン、若しくは、灯油等)、芳香族炭化水素類(トルエン、キシレン等)、又は、ハロゲン化炭化水素(メチレンジクロライド、エチレンジクロライド、トリクレン、モノクロルベンゼン等)や、極性溶剤が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic solvent include aliphatic hydrocarbons (hexane, heptane, “Isopar E, H, G” (manufactured by Esso Chemical Co., Ltd.), gasoline, kerosene, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (toluene, Xylene, etc.), or halogenated hydrocarbons (methylene dichloride, ethylene dichloride, trichlene, monochlorobenzene, etc.), and polar solvents.
極性溶剤としては、アルコール類(メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ベンジルアルコール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、2-エトキシエタノール等)、ケトン類(メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等)、エステル類(酢酸エチル、乳酸メチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート等)、その他(トリエチルホスフェート、トリクレジルホスフェート、N-フェニルエタノールアミン、N-フェニルジエタノールアミン等)等が挙げられる。 Examples of polar solvents include alcohols (methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 2-ethoxyethanol, etc.), ketones (methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.), esters (ethyl acetate, methyl lactate, propylene). Glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc.) and others (triethyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, N-phenylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, etc.) and the like.
また、上記有機溶剤が水に不溶な場合は、界面活性剤等を用いて水に可溶化して使用することも可能である。現像液が有機溶剤を含有する場合は、安全性、引火性の観点から、溶剤の濃度は40質量%未満が好ましい。 Also, when the above organic solvent is insoluble in water, it can be solubilized in water using a surfactant or the like before use. When the developer contains an organic solvent, the concentration of the solvent is preferably less than 40% by mass from the viewpoint of safety and flammability.
無機酸及び無機塩としては、リン酸、メタリン酸、第一リン酸アンモニウム、第二リン酸アンモニウム、第一リン酸ナトリウム、第二リン酸ナトリウム、第一リン酸カリウム、第二リン酸カリウム、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム、ピロリン酸カリウム、ヘキサメタリン酸ナトリウム、硝酸マグネシウム、硝酸ナトリウム、硝酸カリウム、硝酸アンモニウム、硫酸ナトリウム、硫酸カリウム、硫酸アンモニウム、亜硫酸ナトリウム、亜硫酸アンモニウム、硫酸水素ナトリウム、硫酸ニッケルなどが挙げられる。無機塩の含有量は、現像液の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~0.5質量%が好ましい。 As the inorganic acid and the inorganic salt, phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, ammonium phosphate monobasic, ammonium phosphate dibasic, sodium phosphate monobasic, sodium phosphate dibasic, potassium phosphate monobasic, potassium phosphate dibasic, Examples thereof include sodium tripolyphosphate, potassium pyrophosphate, sodium hexametaphosphate, magnesium nitrate, sodium nitrate, potassium nitrate, ammonium nitrate, sodium sulfate, potassium sulfate, ammonium sulfate, sodium sulfite, ammonium sulfite, sodium hydrogensulfate, and nickel sulfate. The content of the inorganic salt is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass with respect to the total mass of the developer.
現像の温度は、現像可能であれば特に制限はないが、60℃以下であることが好ましく、15℃~40℃であることがより好ましい。自動現像機を用いる現像処理においては、処理量に応じて現像液が疲労してくることがあるので、補充液又は新鮮な現像液を用いて処理能力を回復させてもよい。現像及び現像後の処理の一例としては、アルカリ現像を行い、後水洗工程でアルカリを除去し、ガム引き工程でガム処理を行い、乾燥工程で乾燥する方法が例示できる。また、他の例としては、炭酸イオン、炭酸水素イオン及び界面活性剤を含有する水溶液を用いることにより、前水洗、現像及びガム引きを同時に行う方法が好ましく例示できる。よって、前水洗工程は特に行わなくともよく、一液を用いるだけで、更には一浴で前水洗、現像及びガム引きを行ったのち、乾燥工程を行うことが好ましい。現像の後は、スクイズローラ等を用いて余剰の現像液を除去してから乾燥を行うことが好ましい。 The developing temperature is not particularly limited as long as it can be developed, but it is preferably 60° C. or lower, and more preferably 15° C. to 40° C. In a developing process using an automatic developing machine, the developing solution may become fatigued depending on the amount of processing, and therefore the replenishing solution or a fresh developing solution may be used to recover the processing ability. Examples of the development and the treatment after the development include a method of performing alkali development, removing alkali in the post-water washing step, performing gum treatment in the gumming step, and drying in the drying step. As another example, a method of simultaneously performing pre-washing, developing and gumming can be preferably exemplified by using an aqueous solution containing carbonate ion, hydrogen carbonate ion and a surfactant. Therefore, the pre-water washing step does not have to be particularly performed, and it is preferable to perform the pre-water washing, the development and the gumming in one bath only after using one solution, and then to perform the drying step. After development, it is preferable to remove excess developer using a squeeze roller or the like and then perform drying.
現像工程は、擦り部材を備えた自動処理機により好適に実施することができる。自動処理機としては、例えば、画像露光後の平版印刷版原版を搬送しながら擦り処理を行う、特開平2-220061号公報、特開昭60-59351号公報に記載の自動処理機や、シリンダー上にセットされた画像露光後の平版印刷版原版を、シリンダーを回転させながら擦り処理を行う、米国特許5148746号、同5568768号、英国特許2297719号の各明細書に記載の自動処理機等が挙げられる。中でも、擦り部材として、回転ブラシロールを用いる自動処理機が特に好ましい。 Development process can be suitably carried out by an automatic processor equipped with a rubbing member. As the automatic processor, for example, the automatic processor described in JP-A-2-220061 and JP-A-60-59351, which performs rubbing treatment while conveying the lithographic printing plate precursor after image exposure, and a cylinder The lithographic printing plate precursor after image exposure set on the above is subjected to a rubbing treatment while rotating a cylinder, and the automatic processor described in each specification of US Pat. Nos. 5,148,746, 5,568,768 and British Patent 2,297,719 is Can be mentioned. Among them, an automatic processor using a rotating brush roll as the rubbing member is particularly preferable.
本開示において使用する回転ブラシロールは、画像部の傷つき難さ、更には、平版印刷版原版の支持体における腰の強さ等を考慮して適宜選択することができる。回転ブラシロールとしては、ブラシ素材をプラスチック又は金属のロールに植え付けて形成された公知のものが使用できる。例えば、特開昭58-159533号公報、特開平3-100554号公報に記載のものや、実公昭62-167253号公報に記載されているような、ブラシ素材を列状に植え込んだ金属、プラスチックの溝型材を芯となるプラスチック又は金属のロールに隙間なく放射状に巻き付けたブラシロールが使用できる。
ブラシ素材としては、プラスチック繊維(例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステル系、ナイロン6.6、ナイロン6.10等のポリアミド系、ポリアクリロニトリル、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸アルキル等のポリアクリル系、ポリプロピレン、ポリスチレン等のポリオレフィン系の合成繊維)を使用することができ、例えば、繊維の毛の直径は20μm~400μm、毛の長さは5mm~30mmのものが好適に使用できる。
回転ブラシロールの外径は30mm~200mmが好ましく、版面を擦るブラシの先端の周速は0.1m/sec~5m/secが好ましい。回転ブラシロールは、複数本用いることが好ましい。
The rotating brush roll used in the present disclosure can be appropriately selected in consideration of the scratch resistance of the image area and the stiffness of the support of the lithographic printing plate precursor. As the rotary brush roll, a known roll formed by planting a brush material on a plastic or metal roll can be used. For example, metal and plastic in which brush materials are implanted in a row, as described in JP-A-58-159533 and JP-A-3-100554, and JP-B-62-167253. It is possible to use a brush roll in which the groove-shaped material is wound around a plastic or metal roll serving as a core in a radial pattern without a gap.
Examples of the brush material include plastic fibers (for example, polyester-based materials such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutylene terephthalate, polyamide-based materials such as nylon 6.6 and nylon 6.10, polyacryl-based materials such as polyacrylonitrile and poly(meth)acrylate). Polyolefin synthetic fibers such as polypropylene and polystyrene) can be used. For example, fibers having a hair diameter of 20 μm to 400 μm and a hair length of 5 mm to 30 mm can be preferably used.
The outer diameter of the rotating brush roll is preferably 30 mm to 200 mm, and the peripheral speed of the tip of the brush rubbing the plate surface is preferably 0.1 m/sec to 5 m/sec. It is preferable to use a plurality of rotating brush rolls.
回転ブラシロールの回転方向は、平版印刷版原版の搬送方向に対し、同一方向であっても、逆方向であってもよいが、2本以上の回転ブラシロールを使用する場合は、少なくとも1本の回転ブラシロールが同一方向に回転し、少なくとも1本の回転ブラシロールが逆方向に回転することが好ましい。これにより、非画像部の画像記録層の除去が更に確実となる。更に、回転ブラシロールをブラシロールの回転軸方向に揺動させることも効果的である。 The rotating brush roll may rotate in the same direction or in the opposite direction to the conveying direction of the lithographic printing plate precursor, but when two or more rotating brush rolls are used, at least one rotating brush roll is used. It is preferable that the rotating brush rolls of 1 rotate in the same direction and at least one rotating brush roll rotate in the opposite direction. This further ensures removal of the image recording layer in the non-image area. Further, it is also effective to swing the rotating brush roll in the rotation axis direction of the brush roll.
現像工程の後、連続的又は不連続的に乾燥工程を設けることが好ましい。乾燥は熱風、赤外線、遠赤外線等によって行う。
本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法において好適に用いられる自動処理機としては、現像部と乾燥部とを有する装置が用いられ、平版印刷版原版に対して、現像槽で、現像とガム引きとが行われ、その後、乾燥部で乾燥されて平版印刷版が得られる。
After the developing step, it is preferable to provide a drying step continuously or discontinuously. Drying is performed with hot air, infrared rays, far infrared rays, or the like.
As an automatic processor preferably used in the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure, an apparatus having a developing unit and a drying unit is used, and the lithographic printing plate precursor is developed and gummed in a developing tank. And then dried in the drying section to obtain a lithographic printing plate.
また、耐刷性等の向上を目的として、現像後の印刷版を非常に強い条件で加熱することもできる。加熱温度は、200℃~500℃の範囲である事が好ましい。温度が低いと十分な画像強化作用が得られず、高すぎる場合には支持体の劣化、画像部の熱分解といった問題を生じる恐れがある。
このようにして得られた平版印刷版はオフセット印刷機に掛けられ、多数枚の印刷に好適に用いられる。
Further, the printing plate after development may be heated under extremely strong conditions for the purpose of improving printing durability. The heating temperature is preferably in the range of 200°C to 500°C. If the temperature is low, a sufficient image strengthening effect cannot be obtained, and if it is too high, problems such as deterioration of the support and thermal decomposition of the image area may occur.
The lithographic printing plate thus obtained is set on an offset printing machine and is suitably used for printing a large number of sheets.
以下、実施例により本開示を詳細に説明するが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、本実施例において、「%」、「部」とは、特に断りのない限り、それぞれ「質量%」、「質量部」を意味する。なお、高分子化合物において、特別に規定したもの以外は、分子量は重量平均分子量(Mw)であり、構成単位の比率はモル百分率である。また、重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によるポリスチレン換算値として測定した値である。 Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail with reference to examples, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In addition, in this example, "%" and "part" mean "mass %" and "part by mass", respectively, unless otherwise specified. In addition, in the polymer compound, the molecular weight is a weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the ratio of the constituent units is a molar percentage, except for those specifically specified. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a value measured as a polystyrene conversion value by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.
<ポリマーAの合成>
下記方法により、SA-1~SA-19を合成した。
<Synthesis of Polymer A>
SA-1 to SA-19 were synthesized by the following method.
〔構成単位S-1を形成するモノマーの合成〕
200mL三つ口フラスコに、サルファメチゾール:15g(東京化成工業(株)製)、水酸化ナトリウム:2.22g、アセトン:100g、純水:100gを入れ、氷浴しながら撹拌した。ここに、メタクリル酸クロリド:6.09g(東京化成工業(株)製)を滴下し、滴下終了後、室温で2時間撹拌した。内容物を1L純水に注ぎ、1N(1mol/L)濃塩酸でpH2に調製した。得られた固体をろ取し、水洗してモノマーS-1を得た。
[Synthesis of Monomer Forming Structural Unit S-1]
A 200 mL three-necked flask was charged with 15 g of sulfamethizole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 2.22 g of sodium hydroxide, 100 g of acetone, and 100 g of pure water, and stirred with an ice bath. Methacrylic acid chloride: 6.09 g (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added dropwise thereto, and after completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The content was poured into 1 L of pure water and adjusted to pH 2 with 1N (1 mol/L) concentrated hydrochloric acid. The obtained solid was collected by filtration and washed with water to obtain a monomer S-1.
〔構成単位S-2~S-11を形成するモノマーS-2~S-11の合成〕
モノマーS-1の合成において、上記サルファメチゾールを対応するアミンに変更した以外は、同様の方法により、それぞれ合成した。
[Synthesis of Monomers S-2 to S-11 Forming Structural Units S-2 to S-11]
In the synthesis of the monomer S-1, each was synthesized by the same method except that the above sulfamethizole was changed to the corresponding amine.
〔SA-1の合成〕
三つ口フラスコ中にジメチルスルホキシド:16.7gを入れ窒素気流下、85℃で30分撹拌した。そこに上記S-1を形成するモノマー:8.46g、メタクリル酸メチル(M-1):1.54g、V-601(商品名、2,2’-アゾビス(イソブチロニトリル)、富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製):0.094g及びジメチルスルホキシド:18.0gの混合液を2時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に85℃で1時間反応させた後、よく撹拌した水:500gに注ぐと固体が析出した。析出した固体をろ過し、水洗後減圧下にて乾燥して、SA-1を得た。
[Synthesis of SA-1]
Dimethyl sulfoxide: 16.7 g was placed in a three-necked flask and stirred under a nitrogen stream at 85°C for 30 minutes. Monomer forming the above S-1 there: 8.46 g, methyl methacrylate (M-1): 1.54 g, V-601 (trade name, 2,2'-azobis(isobutyronitrile), FUJIFILM A mixed solution of 0.094 g of Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. and dimethyl sulfoxide: 18.0 g was added dropwise over 2 hours. After the dropwise addition was completed, the mixture was further reacted at 85° C. for 1 hour and then poured into well-stirred water: 500 g to precipitate a solid. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water, and dried under reduced pressure to obtain SA-1.
〔SA-2~SA-13及びSA-15~SA-26の合成〕
使用するモノマー及びその使用量を適宜変更した以外は、SA-1と同様の方法により合成を行った。
[Synthesis of SA-2 to SA-13 and SA-15 to SA-26]
Synthesis was carried out by the same method as SA-1, except that the monomers used and the amounts used were changed appropriately.
〔構成単位S-12を形成するモノマーS-12の合成〕
下記に示すように、3-ヒドロキシ-γ-ブチロラクトンと下記スルホンアミド結合を有するアミン化合物とを反応させ、S-12を形成するモノマーを合成した。
[Synthesis of Monomer S-12 Forming Structural Unit S-12]
As shown below, 3-hydroxy-γ-butyrolactone was reacted with the following amine compound having a sulfonamide bond to synthesize a monomer forming S-12.
〔構成単位S-13を形成するモノマーS-13の合成〕
三口フラスコに、サルファメチゾール:10g(東京化成工業(株)製)、アセトン:100gを入れ、氷浴しながら撹拌した。ここに、カレンズMOI:30g(昭和電工(株)製)を滴下し、滴下終了後、室温で2時間撹拌した。内容物をヘキサン1Lに注ぎ、得られた固体をろ取し、風乾してモノマーS-13を得た。
[Synthesis of Monomer S-13 Forming Structural Unit S-13]
A three-necked flask was charged with 10 g of sulfamethizole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and 100 g of acetone, and the mixture was stirred in an ice bath. Karens MOI: 30 g (manufactured by Showa Denko KK) was added dropwise thereto, and after completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The content was poured into 1 L of hexane, the obtained solid was collected by filtration, and air-dried to obtain a monomer S-13.
〔SA-14の合成〕
三つ口フラスコ中にメチルエチルケトン:30.0g、上記S-12を形成するモノマー:5.90g及びMDI(ジフェニルメタンジイソシアナート、東京化成工業(株)製):4.10gを入れ、65℃で加熱した。そこに、ネオスタンU-600(商品名、オクチル酸ビスマス、日東化成(株)製):0.040gを入れ、65℃で3時間反応させた後、メタノール5.0gを添加し、更に30分撹拌した。よく撹拌した水:500gに注ぐと固体が析出した。析出した固体をろ過し、水洗後減圧下にて乾燥して、SA-14を得た。
[Synthesis of SA-14]
Into a three-necked flask, 30.0 g of methyl ethyl ketone, 5.90 g of a monomer forming S-12 and MDI (diphenylmethane diisocyanate, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 4.10 g were placed, and the mixture was placed at 65° C. Heated. Neostan U-600 (trade name, bismuth octylate, manufactured by Nitto Kasei Co., Ltd.): 0.040 g was put therein, reacted at 65° C. for 3 hours, and then 5.0 g of methanol was added, and further for 30 minutes. It was stirred. Well-stirred water: When poured into 500 g, a solid was precipitated. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water, and dried under reduced pressure to obtain SA-14.
〔構成単位M-7を形成するモノマーM-7の合成〕
三口フラスコに、4-アミノフェノール:4.0g(東京化成工業(株)製)、アセトン:100gを入れ、氷浴しながら撹拌した。ここに、カレンズMOI:30g(昭和電工(株)製)を滴下し、滴下終了後、室温で2時間撹拌した。内容物をヘキサン1Lに注ぎ、得られた固体をろ取し、風乾してモノマーM-7を得た。
[Synthesis of Monomer M-7 Forming Structural Unit M-7]
4-aminophenol: 4.0 g (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and acetone: 100 g were placed in a three-necked flask and stirred with an ice bath. Karens MOI: 30 g (manufactured by Showa Denko KK) was added dropwise thereto, and after completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The content was poured into 1 L of hexane, the obtained solid was collected by filtration, and air-dried to obtain a monomer M-7.
〔SA-27の合成〕
三口フラスコ中にノボラック樹脂(PR-54046、住友ベークライト(株)製):20.0gと、イソホロンジイソシアネート(東京化成工業(株)製):36.4gとN,N-ジメチルアセトアミド:100.0gを入れ、75℃で3時間撹拌した。そこにサルファメチゾール(東京化成工業(株)製):44.3gとN,N-ジメチルアセトアミド:50.0gとの混合液を1時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に75℃で1時間反応させた後、よく撹拌した水:2,500gに注ぐと固体が析出した。析出した固体をろ過し、水洗後減圧下にて乾燥して、SA-27を得た。
[Synthesis of SA-27]
Novolak resin (PR-54046, manufactured by Sumitomo Bakelite Co., Ltd.): 20.0 g, isophorone diisocyanate (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 36.4 g, and N,N-dimethylacetamide: 100.0 g in a three-necked flask. And stirred at 75° C. for 3 hours. A mixed solution of 44.3 g of sulfamethizole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 50.0 g of N,N-dimethylacetamide was added dropwise thereto over 1 hour. After the dropping was completed, the reaction was further performed at 75° C. for 1 hour, and then the mixture was poured into well-stirred water: 2,500 g to precipitate a solid. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to obtain SA-27.
<ポリマーBの合成>
下記方法により、ポリマーBであるP-1~P-3を合成した。
<Synthesis of Polymer B>
Polymer B P-1 to P-3 were synthesized by the following method.
〔P-1の合成〕
三つ口フラスコ中に1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール:48.0g、酢酸:1.58gを入れ窒素気流下、75℃で30分撹拌した。そこにモノマーA1-1:7.44g、MMA(メチルメタクリレート):1.28g、モノマーB1-16.28g、V-601(商品名、2,2’-アゾビス(イソブチロニトリル)、富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製):0.34gとメタノール:12.0gとの混合液を2時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に75℃で2時間反応させた後、よく撹拌した水:500gに注ぐと固体が析出した。析出した固体をろ過し、水洗後減圧下にて乾燥して、ポリマーP-1を得た。
[Synthesis of P-1]
1-Methoxy-2-propanol (48.0 g) and acetic acid (1.58 g) were placed in a three-necked flask, and the mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 30 minutes under a nitrogen stream. Monomer A1-1:7.44 g, MMA (methyl methacrylate): 1.28 g, Monomer B1-16.28 g, V-601 (trade name, 2,2'-azobis(isobutyronitrile), Fuji Film) A mixed liquid of 0.34 g of Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. and methanol: 12.0 g was added dropwise over 2 hours. After completion of the dropping, the mixture was further reacted at 75° C. for 2 hours, and then poured into well-stirred water: 500 g to precipitate a solid. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water, and dried under reduced pressure to obtain polymer P-1.
〔P-2の合成〕
使用するモノマーを適宜変更した以外は、P-1と同様の方法により合成を行った。
[Synthesis of P-2]
Synthesis was performed in the same manner as in P-1, except that the monomers used were changed appropriately.
〔P-3の合成〕
三つ口フラスコ中にノボラック樹脂(m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール/フェノール=3/2/5(モル比)、重量平均分子量8,000):20.0g、水酸化ナトリウム:4.17g、テトラヒドロフラン(THF):30mLを入れ、室温で30分撹拌した。そこに、クロロ酢酸:8.21gとTHF:30mLの混合液を1時間掛けて滴下した。その後、還流条件下5時間反応させ、室温まで放冷した後、1N(mol/L)-HCl水溶液1Lに注ぎ、得られた固体(P-3)をろ取した。得られた固体の酸価は2.0meq/gだった。
[Synthesis of P-3]
Novolak resin (m-cresol/p-cresol/phenol=3/2/5 (molar ratio), weight average molecular weight 8,000): 20.0 g, sodium hydroxide: 4.17 g, tetrahydrofuran in a three-necked flask. (THF): 30 mL was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. A mixed solution of chloroacetic acid: 8.21 g and THF: 30 mL was added dropwise thereto over 1 hour. Then, the mixture was reacted under reflux condition for 5 hours, allowed to cool to room temperature, poured into 1 L of 1N (mol/L)-HCl aqueous solution, and the obtained solid (P-3) was collected by filtration. The acid value of the obtained solid was 2.0 meq/g.
(実施例1~37及び比較例1~4)
<支持体の作製>
国際公開第2015/152209号の段落0224~0297と同様の方法により支持体を製造した。全ての実施例と比較例にてこの支持体を使用した。
(Examples 1-37 and Comparative Examples 1-4)
<Preparation of support>
A support was produced in the same manner as in paragraphs 0224 to 0297 of WO 2015/152209. This support was used in all examples and comparative examples.
<下塗層の形成>
上記支持体上に、以下に示す下塗層塗布液1を塗布した後、80℃で15秒間乾燥し、下塗層を設けた。乾燥後の被覆量は、15mg/m2であった。
<Formation of undercoat layer>
An undercoat layer coating solution 1 shown below was applied onto the support and dried at 80° C. for 15 seconds to form an undercoat layer. The coating amount after drying was 15 mg/m 2 .
〔下塗層塗布液1〕
・重量平均分子量2.8万の下記共重合体:0.3部
・メタノール:100部
・水:1部
[Undercoat layer coating liquid 1]
-The following copolymer having a weight average molecular weight of 28,000: 0.3 part-Methanol: 100 parts-Water: 1 part
上記化学式中、括弧の添字は各構成単位の含有量(質量%)を表す。また、Etはエチル基を表す。 In the above chemical formula, the subscripts in parentheses indicate the content (mass %) of each structural unit. Et represents an ethyl group.
<画像記録層下層及び画像記録層上層の形成>
得られた下塗層を設けた支持体に、下記組成の画像記録層下層形成用組成物を、ワイヤーバーで塗布したのち、150℃の乾燥オーブンで40秒間乾燥して塗布量を1.0g/m2となるようにし、画像記録層下層を設けた。画像記録層下層を設けた後、下記組成の画像記録層上層形成用組成物をワイヤーバーで塗布し画像記録層上層を設けた。塗布後150℃、40秒間の乾燥を行い、画像記録層下層と画像記録層上層とを合わせた塗布量が1.2g/m2となる平版印刷版原版を得た。
また、実施例35においては、ポリマーAの使用量を4.5部に変更し、また、画像記録層下層の形成量を1.2g/m2とし、画像記録層下層と画像記録層上層とを合わせた塗布量が2.2g/m2とした以外は、実施例1と同様な方法で、画像記録層下層及び画像記録層上層を形成した。
また、実施例36においては、ポリマーBの使用量を1.0部に変更し、また、画像記録層上層の形成量を0.3g/m2とし、画像記録層下層と画像記録層上層とを合わせた塗布量が0.5g/m2としたた以外は、実施例1と同様な方法で、画像記録層下層及び画像記録層上層を形成した。
<Formation of Image Recording Layer Lower Layer and Image Recording Layer Upper Layer>
The support having an undercoat layer thus obtained was coated with a composition for forming an image recording layer underlayer having the following composition using a wire bar and then dried in a drying oven at 150° C. for 40 seconds to give a coating amount of 1.0 g. /M 2 so that the lower layer of the image recording layer was provided. After the lower layer of the image recording layer was provided, the composition for forming the upper layer of the image recording layer having the following composition was applied with a wire bar to provide the upper layer of the image recording layer. After coating, it was dried at 150° C. for 40 seconds to obtain a lithographic printing plate precursor in which the coating amount of the lower layer of the image recording layer and the upper layer of the image recording layer was 1.2 g/m 2 .
Further, in Example 35, the amount of the polymer A used was changed to 4.5 parts, the amount of the lower layer of the image recording layer was 1.2 g/m 2, and the lower layer of the image recording layer and the upper layer of the image recording layer were changed. The image recording layer lower layer and the image recording layer upper layer were formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the combined coating amount was 2.2 g/m 2 .
Further, in Example 36, the amount of the polymer B used was changed to 1.0 part, and the amount of the image recording layer upper layer formed was 0.3 g/m 2 , and the image recording layer lower layer and the image recording layer upper layer were formed. The image recording layer lower layer and the image recording layer upper layer were formed in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the combined coating amount was 0.5 g/m 2 .
-画像記録層上層形成用組成物-
表1~表3に記載のポリマーB(P-1~P-3):表1又は表2に特記がなければ0.58部
表1~表3に記載の赤外線吸収剤:0.045部
メガファック(登録商標)F-780(フッ素系界面活性剤、DIC(株)製):0.03部
酢酸:12.0部
メチルエチルケトン:13.0部
1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール:30.0部
1-(4-メチルベンジル)-1-フェニルピペリジニウムの5-ベンゾイル-4-ヒドロキシ-2-メトキシベンゼンスルホン酸塩:0.01部
-Composition for forming image recording layer upper layer-
Polymer B (P-1 to P-3) shown in Tables 1 to 3: 0.58 parts unless otherwise specified in Table 1 or Table 2 Infrared absorber shown in Tables 1 to 3: 0.045 parts Megafac (registered trademark) F-780 (fluorine-based surfactant, manufactured by DIC Corporation): 0.03 part Acetic acid: 12.0 parts Methyl ethyl ketone: 13.0 parts 1-Methoxy-2-propanol: 30.0 Parts 1-(4-methylbenzyl)-1-phenylpiperidinium 5-benzoyl-4-hydroxy-2-methoxybenzenesulfonate: 0.01 parts
-画像記録層下層形成用組成物-
表1~表3に記載のポリマーA(SA-1~SA-19、SA-C1又はSA-C2):表1~表3に特記がなければ3.5部
表1~表3に記載の赤外線吸収剤:0.045部
メガファック(登録商標)F-780:0.07部
メチルエチルケトン:30.0部
1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール:15.0部
γ-ブチロラクトン:15.0部
4,4’-ビスヒドロキシフェニルスルホン:0.3部
テトラヒドロフタル酸:0.4部
p-トルエンスルホン酸:0.02部
3-メトキシ-4-ジアゾジフェニルアミンヘキサフルオロホスフェート:0.06部
エチルバイオレットの対イオンを6-ヒドロキシナフタレンスルホン酸に変えたもの:0.15部
-Composition for forming lower layer of image recording layer-
Polymer A described in Tables 1 to 3 (SA-1 to SA-19, SA-C1 or SA-C2): 3.5 parts unless otherwise specified in Tables 1 to 3, described in Tables 1 to 3 Infrared absorber: 0.045 parts Megafac (registered trademark) F-780: 0.07 parts Methyl ethyl ketone: 30.0 parts 1-Methoxy-2-propanol: 15.0 parts γ-butyrolactone: 15.0 parts 4, 4'-bishydroxyphenyl sulfone: 0.3 part Tetrahydrophthalic acid: 0.4 part p-Toluenesulfonic acid: 0.02 part 3-Methoxy-4-diazodiphenylamine hexafluorophosphate: 0.06 part Ethyl violet pair Ion changed to 6-hydroxynaphthalene sulfonic acid: 0.15 parts
得られた平版印刷版原版を用いて、以下の評価を行った。結果は表1~表3に記載した。 The following evaluation was performed using the obtained planographic printing plate precursor. The results are shown in Tables 1 to 3.
<経時現像性>
平版印刷版原版を作製後、45℃で24時間放置した。放置後の平版印刷版原版をCreo社製Trendsetter VXにてビーム強度9W、ドラム回転速度150rpm(revolutions per minute)で、テストパターンを画像状に描き込みを行った。その後、下記組成の現像液1を仕込んだ現像浴に浸漬させ、現像温度30℃で非画像部の現像に要する時間を測定した。マクベス濃度計により測定した画像記録層の画像濃度が、支持体の画像濃度と同等となった浸漬時間を非画像部現像時間とし、測定値(秒)を表に記載した。浸漬させてから30秒の時点で、画像記録層の上記画像濃度が支持体の上記画像濃度と同等とならなかった場合、「現像不可」と記載した。非画像部現像時間が短いほど、現像性が良好である。
<Aging developability>
After preparing the planographic printing plate precursor, it was left at 45° C. for 24 hours. The lithographic printing plate precursor after being left standing was image-wise drawn with a Trendsetter VX manufactured by Creo at a beam intensity of 9 W and a drum rotation speed of 150 rpm (revolutions per minute). Then, it was immersed in a developing bath charged with the developer 1 having the following composition, and the time required for developing the non-image area was measured at a developing temperature of 30°C. The immersion time at which the image density of the image recording layer measured with a Macbeth densitometer became equivalent to the image density of the support was defined as the non-image area development time, and the measured values (seconds) are shown in the table. When the image density of the image recording layer was not equal to the image density of the support at 30 seconds after the immersion, it was described as "undevelopable". The shorter the non-image area development time, the better the developability.
〔現像液1:pH9.7〕
水:8,964部
炭酸ナトリウム:150部
炭酸水素ナトリウム:150部
ニューコールB4SN(商品名、ポリオキシエチレンナフチルエーテル硫酸塩、下記化合物、日本乳化剤(株)製):150部
エチレンジアミンテトラアセテート4ナトリウム塩:80部
[Developer 1: pH 9.7]
Water: 8,964 parts Sodium carbonate: 150 parts Sodium hydrogen carbonate: 150 parts Newcol B4SN (trade name, polyoxyethylene naphthyl ether sulfate, the following compound, manufactured by Nippon Emulsifier Co., Ltd.): 150 parts Ethylenediaminetetraacetate 4 sodium Salt: 80 parts
<アブレーション抑制性>
得られた平版印刷版原版の表面に、透明な0.1mm厚さのポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(富士フイルム(株)製)を密着させた状態にし、上記現像性の評価と同様の条件下において全面露光した。
露光後に上記ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムを外して目視し、表面の汚れ具合を観察した。汚れが認められなかったものをA、汚れが若干認められたものをB、フィルムを通して向こう側を透かして見えない程度まで汚れたものをCとして、それぞれ判定した。
汚れが少ないほどアブレーション抑制性に優れているといえ、評価はA又はBが好ましく、Aがより好ましい。
<Ablation suppression property>
A transparent polyethylene terephthalate film (manufactured by FUJIFILM Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.1 mm was brought into close contact with the surface of the obtained lithographic printing plate precursor, and the entire surface was exposed under the same conditions as in the evaluation of the developability. did.
After the exposure, the polyethylene terephthalate film was removed and visually observed to observe the degree of surface contamination. The case where no stain was observed was A, the case where a little stain was observed was B, and the case where it was stained to the extent that it could not be seen through the other side of the film was judged as C.
It can be said that the less the stain is, the more excellent the abrasion resistance is. Therefore, the evaluation is preferably A or B, and more preferably A.
以下の評価は、平版印刷版原版の作製後、45℃24時間放置後に評価したものを用いて評価した。 The following evaluations were made using the evaluations after the planographic printing plate precursor was prepared and left at 45° C. for 24 hours.
<経時耐刷性>
上記放置後の平版印刷版原版をCreo社製Trendsetterにて、ビーム強度9W、ドラム回転速度150rpm(revolutions per minute)で、テストパターンを画像状に描き込みを行った。
その後、上記現像液1を仕込んだ富士フイルム(株)製PSプロセッサーLP940Hを用い、現像温度30℃、現像時間は上記非画像部現像時間+2秒で現像を行った。これを、小森コーポレーション(株)製印刷機リスロンを用いて連続して印刷した。インキとしては、低品位資材のモデルとして、炭酸カルシウムを含有させた東洋インキ(株)製特練墨インキを使用した。この際、どれだけの枚数が充分なインキ濃度を保って印刷できるかを目視にて測定し、耐刷性を評価した。なお、比較例2における枚数を100とし、枚数による相対評価を行った。
<Durability over time>
The lithographic printing plate precursor after being left standing was image-wise drawn with a Trendsetter manufactured by Creo at a beam intensity of 9 W and a drum rotation speed of 150 rpm (revolutions per minute).
Then, using a PS processor LP940H manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd. charged with the developing solution 1, development was performed at a developing temperature of 30° C. and a developing time of the non-image area developing time+2 seconds. This was continuously printed using a printing machine Lithrone manufactured by Komori Corporation. As the ink, as a model of low-grade material, Tokushu Ink Co., Ltd. special ink ink containing calcium carbonate was used. At this time, the printing durability was evaluated by visually observing how many sheets can be printed while maintaining a sufficient ink density. The number of sheets in Comparative Example 2 was set to 100, and relative evaluation was performed by the number of sheets.
<経時現像カス抑制性>
上記現像性の評価と同様に、上記放置後に露光した平版印刷版原版を用い、下記(1)~(3)の手順に従って現像カスの抑制性の評価を行った。
(1)18cm×10cmにカットした露光版2枚を、バットに入れた上記現像液1 150mLに浸漬させて、溶解させた。
(2)露光版を溶解させた現像液を樹脂製容器に移して、1晩静置した。
(3)静置した現像液のカス状態を目視により、下記評価基準に従って評価した。
評価がA又はBであれば現像カスの抑制性に優れるといえ、評価がAであれば現像カスの抑制性に更に優れるといえる。
〔評価基準〕
A:現像時からカスが見られなかった。
B:現像時はカスが見られたが、一晩静置後カスが見られなかった。
C:一晩静置してもカスが残っていた。
<Prevention of developmental debris over time>
Similar to the evaluation of the developability, the lithographic printing plate precursor exposed after the above-mentioned standing was used to evaluate the suppressive property of the development dust according to the following procedures (1) to (3).
(1) Two exposure plates cut into 18 cm×10 cm were immersed in 150 mL of the developer 1 placed in a vat to dissolve them.
(2) The developing solution in which the exposure plate was dissolved was transferred to a resin container and allowed to stand overnight.
(3) The state of dregs of the stationary developer was visually evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
If the evaluation is A or B, it can be said that the development dust suppressing property is excellent, and if the evaluation is A, the development dust suppressing property is further excellent.
〔Evaluation criteria〕
A: No dust was seen from the time of development.
B: Dust was seen at the time of development, but was not seen after standing overnight.
C: Scrap remained even after standing overnight.
<経時画像部保持性>
上記放置後の平版印刷版原版を、露光せずに、上記現像液1を仕込んだ現像浴に浸漬させ、現像温度30℃で、マクベス濃度計により測定した画像記録層の画像濃度が、浸漬前の画像記録層の画像濃度より3%低下した浸漬時間を画像部保持時間(秒)とした。画像部現像時間が長いほど、画像部保持性が良好である。
<Holdability of image portion over time>
The lithographic printing plate precursor after being left standing is immersed in a developing bath containing the developing solution 1 without being exposed to light, and the image density of the image recording layer measured by a Macbeth densitometer at a developing temperature of 30° C. is before immersion. The immersion time at which the image density of the image recording layer was lower than that of the image recording layer by 3% was defined as the image part holding time (second). The longer the image area development time, the better the image area retention.
実施例1~52、並びに、比較例1、2及び4におけるポリマーAの構成単位比の欄は、(-SO2-NH-構造を有する構成単位の量比)/(その他の構成単位の量比)の順で記載している。また、比較例3におけるポリマーAの構成単位比の欄は、下記に示すSA-C2の各構成単位比を左側の構成単位から順に記載している。
表1における比較例3は、画像記録層上層のポリマーAとして、下記に示すSA-C2を使用した。
表1~表3におけるポリマーB及びその他のポリマーにおける使用量は、画像記録層上層中のポリマーB及びその他のポリマーの総量100質量%における質量割合である。
表1~表3における「(下層のpKa)-(上層のpKa)」とは、「画像記録層下層に含まれるポリマーAにおける上記-SO2-NH-構造のpKa)-「画像記録層上層に含まれるポリマーBにおける上記酸基のpKa)」を表す。
表1における比較例2の経時現像カス抑制性評価及び経時画像部保持性評価欄における「-」は、十分に現像できず、評価できなかったことを表す。
また、上述した以外の表1~表3に記載の略称の詳細を以下に示す。
The columns of the constitutional unit ratio of the polymer A in Examples 1 to 52 and Comparative Examples 1, 2 and 4 are (amount ratio of constitutional units having a —SO 2 —NH— structure)/(amount of other constitutional units). Ratio). In the column of the constitutional unit ratio of the polymer A in Comparative Example 3, the constitutional unit ratios of SA-C2 shown below are listed in order from the constitutional unit on the left side.
In Comparative Example 3 in Table 1, SA-C2 shown below was used as the polymer A in the upper layer of the image recording layer.
The amounts of the polymer B and the other polymers used in Tables 1 to 3 are the mass proportions of the polymer B and the other polymers in the upper layer of the image recording layer in a total amount of 100 mass %.
In Tables 1 to 3, "(lower layer pKa)-(upper layer pKa)" means "the above-mentioned -SO 2 -NH- structure pKa in polymer A contained in the lower layer of the image recording layer"-"upper layer of the image recording layer". Represents the pKa) of the acid group in polymer B contained in.
In Table 1, "-" in the column for evaluation of the development debris suppression property over time and the retention property of the image area over time of Comparative Example 2 indicates that development could not be sufficiently performed and evaluation was not possible.
Further, details of the abbreviations described in Tables 1 to 3 other than the above are shown below.
S-1~S-14:下記に示す構成単位 S-1 to S-14: Structural units shown below
U-1:下記に示す構成単位 U-1: Structural unit shown below
SA-C1:下記に示す構成単位を表1に記載の質量比で有するポリマー、国際公開第2014/003134号の実施例に記載された方法と同様な方法で合成した。 SA-C1: Polymer having the constitutional units shown below in the mass ratio shown in Table 1, was synthesized by the same method as the method described in the example of WO 2014/003134.
M-1:メタクリル酸メチル由来の構成単位(下記に示す構成単位)
M-2:メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(EHMA)由来の構成単位(下記に示す構成単位)
M-3:メタクリル酸ベンジル(BnMA)由来の構成単位(下記に示す構成単位)
M-4:メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル由来の構成単位(下記に示す構成単位)
M-5:N-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタクリルアミド(東京化成工業(株)製)由来の構成単位(下記に示す構成単位)
M-6:2-ヒドロキシ-5-メタクリルアミド安息香酸(アルドリッチ社製)由来の構成単位(下記に示す構成単位)
M-7:カレンズMOI(2-イソシアナトエチルメタクリレート、昭和電工(株)製)と4-アミノフェノール(東京化成工業(株)製)との1/1(モル比)反応物由来の構成単位(下記に示す構成単位)
M-8:4-ヒドロキシフェニルマレイミド(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)由来の構成単位(下記に示す構成単位)
M-9:N-(4-サルファモイルフェニル)メタクリルアミド(富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製)由来の構成単位(下記に示す構成単位)
M-10:FX-AO-MA((株)日本触媒製)由来の構成単位(下記に示す構成単位)
M-1: Structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate (structural unit shown below)
M-2: 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (EHMA)-derived constitutional unit (constitutional unit shown below)
M-3: Structural unit derived from benzyl methacrylate (BnMA) (structural unit shown below)
M-4: Structural unit derived from 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (the structural unit shown below)
M-5: Structural unit derived from N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)methacrylamide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (structural unit shown below)
M-6: 2-hydroxy-5-methacrylamidobenzoic acid (manufactured by Aldrich)-derived constitutional unit (constitutional unit shown below)
M-7: Structural unit derived from a 1/1 (molar ratio) reaction product of Karens MOI (2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate, Showa Denko KK) and 4-aminophenol (Tokyo Kasei KK) (Structural units shown below)
M-8: 4-hydroxyphenylmaleimide (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) derived constitutional unit (constitutional unit shown below)
M-9: N-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)methacrylamide (Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.)-derived constitutional unit (constitutional unit shown below)
M-10: structural unit derived from FX-AO-MA (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) (structural unit shown below)
IR-1~IR-3:赤外線吸収剤、下記化合物 IR-1 to IR-3: Infrared absorber, the following compounds
IR-4:IR 783(東京化成工業(株)製、下記化合物)
IR-5:特許第6189838号公報の段落0083に記載の化合物(下記化合物)
IR-6:2,4-ビス[4-(ジエチルアミノ)-2-ヒドロキシフェニル]スクアライン(東京化成工業(株)製、下記化合物)
IR-7:2,4-ビス[8-ヒドロキシ-1,1,7,7-テトラメチルジュロリジン-9-イル]スクアライン(東京化成工業(株)製、下記化合物)
IR-8:NK 1841(東京化成工業(株)製、下記化合物)
IR-9:IR-820(アルドリッチ社製、下記化合物)
IR-10:インドモノカルボシアニンナトリウム(東京化成工業(株)製、下記化合物)
IR-4: IR 783 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., the following compound)
IR-5: Compound described in Paragraph 0083 of Japanese Patent No. 6189838 (the following compound)
IR-6: 2,4-bis[4-(diethylamino)-2-hydroxyphenyl] squaraine (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., the following compound)
IR-7: 2,4-bis[8-hydroxy-1,1,7,7-tetramethyljulolidin-9-yl] squaraine (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., the following compound)
IR-8: NK1841 (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., the following compound)
IR-9: IR-820 (manufactured by Aldrich, compound below)
IR-10: Indomonocarbocyanine sodium (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., the following compound)
P-4:ノボラック樹脂(m-クレゾール/p-クレゾール/フェノール=3/2/5(モル比)、重量平均分子量8,000、住友ベークライト(株)製、PR-55618、pKa=10) P-4: novolac resin (m-cresol/p-cresol/phenol=3/2/5 (molar ratio), weight average molecular weight 8,000, Sumitomo Bakelite Co., Ltd., PR-55618, pKa=10)
表1~表3に記載の結果から、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版である実施例1~52の平版印刷版原版は、比較例1~4の平版印刷版原版に比べ、経時保管後であっても現像性及び耐刷性に優れる。
また、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版である実施例1~52の平版印刷版原版は、アブレーション抑制性、経時画像部保持性、及び、経時現像カス抑制性にも優れることがわかる。
From the results shown in Tables 1 to 3, the lithographic printing plate precursors of Examples 1 to 52, which are lithographic printing plate precursors according to the present disclosure, were compared with the lithographic printing plate precursors of Comparative Examples 1 to 4 after storage with time. Even if it exists, it has excellent developability and printing durability.
Further, it can be seen that the lithographic printing plate precursors of Examples 1 to 52, which are lithographic printing plate precursors according to the present disclosure, are excellent in ablation suppression property, temporal image area retention property, and temporal development debris suppression property.
2018年11月27日に出願された日本国特許出願第2018-221168号の開示、及び、2019年2月27日に出願された日本国特許出願第2019-034219号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。
本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び、技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び、技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。
The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-221168 filed on November 27, 2018 and the disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-034219 filed on February 27, 2019 are in their entirety. Incorporated herein by reference.
All documents, patent applications, and technical standards mentioned in this specification are to the same extent as if each individual document, patent application, and technical standard were specifically and individually noted to be incorporated by reference. Are incorporated herein by reference.
Claims (13)
前記画像記録層下層が、pKaが10未満の-SO2-NH-構造を有する構成単位を有するポリマーAを含有し、
前記画像記録層上層が、pKaが10未満の酸基を有する構成単位を有するポリマーBと、赤外線吸収剤と、を含有し、
前記ポリマーBの含有量が、前記画像記録層上層に含まれるポリマーの全質量に対し、30質量%以上である、
平版印刷版原版。 Having a support, an image recording layer lower layer, and an image recording layer upper layer in this order,
The image recording layer lower layer contains a polymer A having a structural unit having a —SO 2 —NH— structure with a pKa of less than 10,
The image recording layer upper layer contains a polymer B having a structural unit having an acid group having a pKa of less than 10, and an infrared absorber,
The content of the polymer B is 30% by mass or more based on the total mass of the polymer contained in the upper layer of the image recording layer,
Original planographic printing plate.
式1~式3中、Ar1は、アリーレン基を表し、Ar2は、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、R1は、1価の有機基を表し、*は、他の構造との結合部分を表す。 The lithographic printing plate precursor according to claim 1, wherein the —SO 2 —NH— structure in the polymer A is a structure represented by any one of the following formulas 1 to 3.
In Formulas 1 to 3, Ar 1 represents an arylene group, Ar 2 represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R 1 represents a monovalent organic group, and * represents a bond with another structure. Represents a part.
露光された前記平版印刷版原版を、現像液を用いて現像する現像工程、をこの順で含む
平版印刷版の作製方法。 An exposure step of exposing the lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 11 to an image;
A method for producing a lithographic printing plate, which comprises, in this order, a developing step of developing the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor using a developer.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2018221168 | 2018-11-27 | ||
| JP2018-221168 | 2018-11-27 | ||
| JP2019-034219 | 2019-02-27 | ||
| JP2019034219 | 2019-02-27 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2020111050A1 true WO2020111050A1 (en) | 2020-06-04 |
Family
ID=70853954
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2019/046129 Ceased WO2020111050A1 (en) | 2018-11-27 | 2019-11-26 | Original plate for lithographic printing plate and method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2020111050A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2006053486A (en) * | 2004-08-16 | 2006-02-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Lithographic printing original plate |
| WO2011067382A1 (en) * | 2009-12-04 | 2011-06-09 | Agfa Graphics Nv | A lithographic printing plate precursor |
| JP2013200413A (en) * | 2012-03-23 | 2013-10-03 | Fujifilm Corp | Planographic printing plate precursor and method of producing planographic printing plate precursor |
| JP2018144493A (en) * | 2016-06-28 | 2018-09-20 | 東京インキ株式会社 | Ink composition for water-based ink receiving layer, water-based ink set, water-based ink printed matter and method for producing water-based ink printed matter, and packaging bag and container |
-
2019
- 2019-11-26 WO PCT/JP2019/046129 patent/WO2020111050A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2006053486A (en) * | 2004-08-16 | 2006-02-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Lithographic printing original plate |
| WO2011067382A1 (en) * | 2009-12-04 | 2011-06-09 | Agfa Graphics Nv | A lithographic printing plate precursor |
| JP2013200413A (en) * | 2012-03-23 | 2013-10-03 | Fujifilm Corp | Planographic printing plate precursor and method of producing planographic printing plate precursor |
| JP2018144493A (en) * | 2016-06-28 | 2018-09-20 | 東京インキ株式会社 | Ink composition for water-based ink receiving layer, water-based ink set, water-based ink printed matter and method for producing water-based ink printed matter, and packaging bag and container |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP6185187B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing plate preparation method, and polymer compound | |
| JP5241871B2 (en) | Thermal positive lithographic printing plate precursor and method for preparing lithographic printing plate | |
| JP5301015B2 (en) | Photosensitive lithographic printing plate precursor and method for preparing lithographic printing plate | |
| JP6154065B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, lithographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing plate production method | |
| JP2000108538A (en) | Original form for lithographic printing plate | |
| JP6243010B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, planographic printing plate precursor, and method for producing planographic printing plate | |
| JP2000267265A (en) | Image forming material | |
| JP5388908B2 (en) | Positive lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser and plate making method of lithographic printing plate | |
| JP6625232B2 (en) | Positive lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing the same, and method for preparing lithographic printing plate | |
| WO2020111050A1 (en) | Original plate for lithographic printing plate and method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate | |
| WO2020110650A1 (en) | Original plate for lithographic printing plate and method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate | |
| JP6615232B2 (en) | Positive lithographic printing plate precursor and method for preparing lithographic printing plate | |
| JP4082972B2 (en) | Image forming material | |
| JP6434633B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, lithographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing plate making method | |
| JP2016156968A (en) | Positive lithographic printing plate precursor and method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate | |
| JP2020122935A (en) | Positive lithographic printing plate precursor, and method of making lithographic printing plate | |
| JP2020122934A (en) | Positive lithographic printing plate precursor, and method of making lithographic printing plate | |
| WO2020004503A1 (en) | Positive lithographic printing plate precursor, method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate, and positive photosensitive resin composition | |
| WO2020004035A1 (en) | Positive lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and positive photosensitive resin composition | |
| JP2020160348A (en) | Manufacturing method of planographic printing plate | |
| JP2020140012A (en) | Positive type lithographic printing plate Original plate and lithographic printing plate manufacturing method | |
| JP2019152698A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, and method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate | |
| WO2019167967A1 (en) | Positive lithographic printing plate precursor and method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate | |
| WO2019167968A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate precursor, and method for manufacturing lithographic printing plate | |
| WO2017145717A1 (en) | Positive photosensitive resin composition, positive lithographic printing original plate and method for producing lithographic printing plate |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19889701 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 19889701 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: JP |